Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2013
OR
 
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     
Commission File No. 001-15007

Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	
MISSOURI	 	43-1532756	
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
2481 Mañana Drive
Dallas, Texas 75220
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(214) 357-9588
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge in definitive proxy or informational statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	 	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x
The number of shares of the Issuer’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of April 10, 2013, was 100 shares.

 

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	 	  	Page	 	
 	  	PART I	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 1.	  	BUSINESS	  	 	3	  	
ITEM 1A.	  	RISK FACTORS	  	 	9	  	
ITEM 1B.	  	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	  	 	17	  	
ITEM 2.	  	PROPERTIES	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 3.	  	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 4.	  	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	  	 	18	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART II	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 5.	  	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	  	 	19	  	
ITEM 6.	  	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	  	 	19	  	
ITEM 7.	  	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	  	 	19	  	
ITEM 7A.	  	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	  	 	38	  	
ITEM 8.	  	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	  	 	38	  	
ITEM 9.	  	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	  	 	38	  	
ITEM 9A.	  	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	  	 	38	  	
ITEM 9B.	  	OTHER INFORMATION	  	 	39	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART III	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 10.	  	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	  	 	39	  	
ITEM 11.	  	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	  	 	43	  	
ITEM 12.	  	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	  	 	53	  	
ITEM 13.	  	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 14.	  	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	  	 	56	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART IV	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 15.	  	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	  	 	58	  	
 	  	SIGNATURE PAGE	  	 	59	  	
 
2

Table of Contents
PART I
 
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Company Overview
References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc., its subsidiaries and predecessor companies. All dollar amounts in this Report are presented in thousands with the exception of item prices and compensation information included in Item 11. We are a leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. We define high-volume dining and entertainment venues as those open for at least one full year and with average store revenues in excess of $5,000. Founded in 1982, the core of our concept is to offer our guests the opportunity to “ Eat Drink Play  ® ” all in one location. We believe we are currently the largest national chain offering a full menu of casual dining food items and a full selection of non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage items together with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events, skill and sports-oriented redemption games, video games, interactive simulators and other traditional games. Unlike the strategy of many restaurants of shortening visit times by focusing on turning tables faster, we aim to increase the length of stay in our locations to generate incremental revenues and improve the guest’s experience. While our guests are primarily a balanced mix of men and women aged 21 to 39, we believe we are also an attractive venue for families with children and teenagers. As of February 3, 2013, we owned and operated 61 stores in 26 states and Canada. In addition, there is one franchised store operating in Canada. The formats of our stores are flexible, which we believe allows us to size each store appropriately for each market in which we compete. Our stores average approximately 47,000 square feet, range in size between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet and are open seven days a week. Our average revenues per comparable store were $9,847 in fiscal year 2012, as adjusted to a 52 week basis (see discussion below).
Corporate History
In 1982, David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley founded Dave & Buster’s under the belief that there was consumer demand for a combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first store in Dallas, Texas in 1982 and since then we have expanded our portfolio nationally to 61 company-owned stores across 26 states and Canada.
From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. was acquired by Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a holding company controlled by affiliates of Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors L.P. (“HBK”). In connection with the acquisition of Dave & Buster’s by Wellspring and HBK, Dave & Buster’s common stock was delisted from the New York Stock Exchange.
On June 1, 2010, Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (formerly known as Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. and originally named Games Acquisition Corp.) (“D&B Entertainment”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, the “Oak Hill Funds” and together with their manager, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, and its related funds, “Oak Hill Capital Partners”) acquired all of the outstanding common stock (the “Acquisition”) of D&B Holdings from Wellspring and HBK. In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp., a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of D&B Entertainment merged (the “Merger”) with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the Merger). As a result of the Acquisition and certain post-acquisition activity, the Oak Hill Funds directly control approximately 95.4% of D&B Entertainment’s outstanding common stock and have the right to appoint certain members of our Board of Directors, and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.6% of D&B Entertainment’s outstanding common stock.
Generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States require operating results for Dave & Buster’s prior to the Acquisition completed on June 1, 2010 to be presented as Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results for Dave & Buster’s subsequent to the Acquisition are presented or referred to as Successor’s results in the historical financial statements.
We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except in a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 consists of 53 weeks. All other fiscal years presented herein consist of 52 weeks. All references to “2012”, “fiscal 2012”, “fiscal year 2012” or similar references relate to the 53 week period ended February 3, 2013, of the Successor. All references to “2011”, “fiscal 2011”, “fiscal year 2011” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended January 29, 2012, of the Successor. All references to “2010”, “fiscal 2010”, “fiscal year 2010” or similar references relate to the combined 244 day period ended January 30, 2011, of the Successor and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010, of the Predecessor. The financial results of the Successor period include the impacts of applying purchase accounting. The presentation of combined fiscal 2010 Predecessor and Successor operating results (which is simply the arithmetic sum of the Predecessor and Successor amounts) is a non-GAAP presentation, which is provided as a convenience solely for the purpose of facilitating comparisons of fiscal 2012 and 2011 results with combined results over the same period in fiscal 2010.
Eat Drink Play ® —The Core of Our National Concept
When our founders opened our first location in Dallas, Texas in 1982, they sought to create a dining concept with a fun, upbeat atmosphere providing interactive entertainment options for adults and families, while serving high-quality food and beverages. Since then we have followed the same principle for each new store and in doing so we believe we have developed a distinctive brand
 
3

Table of Contents
based on our guest value proposition: Eat Drink Play ® . The interplay between entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas is the defining feature of the Dave & Buster’s guest experience, and the layout of each store is designed to promote crossover between these activities. We believe this combination creates an experience that cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations are also designed to accommodate private parties, business functions and other corporate-sponsored events.
We seek to distinguish our food menu from other casual dining concepts. Our recently reengineered menu includes items that we believe reinforce the fun of the Dave & Buster’s brand. Recent additions to the menu have become top sellers within their categories. We believe we offer high-quality meals, including gourmet pastas, choice-grade steaks, premium sandwiches, decadent desserts and health-conscious entrée options that compare favorably to those of other higher-end casual dining operators. Each of our locations also offers full bar service including a variety of beers, signature cocktails, premium spirits and non-alcoholic beverages. Food and beverage accounted for 49.1% of our total revenues during fiscal 2012.
The “Midway” in each of our stores is an area where we offer a wide array of amusements and entertainment options, with typically over 150 redemption and simulation games. We believe the entertainment options in our Midway are a core differentiating feature of our brand, and our amusement and other revenues accounted for 50.9% of our total revenues during fiscal 2012. Redemption games, which represented 78.5% of our amusement and other revenues in fiscal 2012, offer our guests the opportunity to win tickets that are redeemable at our “Winner’s Circle” for prizes ranging from branded novelty items to high-end home electronics. We believe this “opportunity to win” creates a fun and highly energized social experience that is an important aspect of the Dave & Buster’s in-store experience and cannot be replicated at home. Our video and simulation games, many of which can be played by multiple guests simultaneously and which include some of the latest high-tech games commercially available, represented 16.7% of our amusement and other revenues in fiscal 2012. Traditional amusements, which include billiards, bowling and shuffleboard tables, represented the remainder of our amusement and other revenues. Each of our stores also contain multiple large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events.
Our Growth Strategies
The operating strategy that underlies the growth of our concept is built on the following key components:
Pursue disciplined new store growth. We will continue to pursue what we believe to be a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we believe we are capable of achieving consistent high store revenues and strong store-level cash-on-cash returns. We have created a new store expansion strategy and rebuilt our pipeline of potential new stores by instituting a site selection process that allows us to evaluate and select our new store location, size and design based on consumer research and analysis of operating data from sales in our existing stores. Where permitted, we also collect home zip code information from our guests on a voluntary basis through the Power Card kiosks in our existing stores, which allows us to determine how far they have traveled to reach that particular store. Our site selection process and flexible store design enable us to customize each store with the objective of maximizing return on capital given the characteristics of the market and location. Our new large format stores are approximately 35,000 – 40,000 square feet and our small format stores are approximately 22,000 – 25,000 square feet, which provides us the flexibility to enter new smaller markets and further penetrate existing markets. These formats also provide us the flexibility to choose between building new stores and converting existing space. With respect to stores we expect to open in the near term, we are targeting a year one cash-on-cash return of 25% to 35% for both our large format and small format store openings, levels that are lower than the average of Dave & Buster’s store openings in recent years. To achieve this return we target a ratio of first year store revenues to net development costs of approximately one-to-one and store-level cash flow margins, excluding national marketing costs, of 27% to 30%. We also target average net development costs of approximately $10,250 for large format stores and approximately $6,250 for small format stores.
We believe the Dave & Buster’s brand is significantly under-penetrated, with internal studies and third-party research suggesting a total store universe in the United States and Canada in excess of 150 stores (including our 61 existing stores), approximately two and a half times our current store base. We currently plan to open four to six stores in fiscal 2013, which we expect will be financed with available cash and operating cash flows. Thereafter, we believe we can continue opening new stores at an annual rate of approximately 10% of our then existing store base. Our ability to open new stores in the future is subject to the availability of sufficient cash flows and financing, as well as other factors, and therefore there is no guarantee we will open new stores at this rate.
Grow our comparable store sales. We intend to grow our comparable store sales by seeking to differentiate the Dave & Buster’s brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, through the following strategies:
 
 	•	Maintain the latest exciting entertainment options: We believe that our entertainment options are the core differentiating feature of the Dave & Buster’s brand, and staying current with the latest offerings creates excitement and helps drive repeat visits and increase length of guest stay. During fiscal 2012, we spent in excess of $10,000 for new game offerings in our stores that were open for the full year. In fiscal 2013, we expect to spend an average of $180 per store on game refreshment, which we believe will drive brand relevance and comparable store sales growth. Further, we intend to continue upgrading viewing areas in stores within key markets in order to capture a higher share of the sports-viewing guest base. We also plan to continually elevate the redemption experience in our Winner’s Circle with prizes that we believe guests will find more attractive, which we expect will favorably impact guest visitation and game play.	
 
4

Table of Contents
 	•	Enhance brand awareness and generate additional visits to our stores through marketing and promotions: To further national awareness of our brand, we plan to continue to invest a significant portion of our marketing expenditures in television advertising: the most efficient way to reach a mass audience. Our guest loyalty program currently has approximately 2.2 million members, and we are aggressively improving our search engine and social marketing efforts. Our loyalty program and digital efforts allow us to communicate promotional offers directly to our most passionate brand fans. We also leverage our investments in technology across our marketing platform, including in-store marketing initiatives, to drive incremental sales throughout the store.	
 
 	•	Enhance our food and beverage offerings: We frequently test new menu items and seek to improve our food offering to better align with the Dave & Buster’s brand. To further reinforce the fun of our brand, our new menu includes familiar food items served in presentations that we view as distinctive and appealing to our guests. In 2011, we developed and tested new presentations for every item on the menu, featuring new plateware and glassware. We saw a marked increase in quality perceptions among our guests during the test with the percentage of guests responding “Excellent” in our Guest Satisfaction Survey on “Overall Food” and “Food Quality” increasing by 7.8% and 12.2%, respectively. Following this successful test, we introduced these new presentations to all of our stores in May 2012.	
 
 	•	Grow our special events usage: We plan to utilize existing and add new resources to our special events sales force as the corporate special events market improves—the special events portion of our business represented 12.2% of our total revenues in fiscal 2012. We believe our special events business is an important sampling and promotional opportunity for our guests because many guests are experiencing Dave & Buster’s for the first time.	
Continue to improve margins. We believe we are well-positioned to continue to increase margins and have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model which we believe has benefited from the operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years and our national marketing expenditures, we believe we have the potential to further improve margins and deliver greater earnings from expected future increases in comparable store sales. Under our current cost structure, we estimate that we will realize more than 50% flow through from any comparable store sales growth. We also believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to further increase labor productivity in the future. Our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin improvements, although there is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve greater margins or greater earnings in the future.
Site Selection
We believe that the location of stores is critical to our long-term success. We devote significant time and resources to strategically analyze each prospective market, trade area and site. We continually identify, evaluate and update our database of potential locations for expansion. To refine our site selection, we recently conducted extensive demographic and market analyses to determine the key drivers of successful new store performance. We now base new site selection on an analytical evaluation of a set of drivers we believe increase the probability of successful, high-volume stores.
During 2012, we opened stores utilizing our small format design in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (1st Quarter), Orland Park (Chicago), Illinois (3rd Quarter) and Boise, Idaho (4 th  Quarter). We also opened a large format store in Dallas, Texas, during the fourth quarter. Our new Dallas store replaced an existing large format store in the same trade area.
During 2011, we opened two large format stores, one in Orlando, Florida (2nd Quarter) and one in Braintree (Boston), Massachusetts (4th Quarter).
Our 2010 openings consisted of one large format store in Wauwatosa (Milwaukee), Wisconsin (1st Quarter) and one small format store in Roseville (Sacramento), California (2 nd  Quarter).
Our Store Formats
We have historically operated stores varying in size from 16,000 to 66,000 square feet. After significant store-level research and analysis, we have found that incremental square footage in excess of 40,000 yields limited incremental sales volumes and lower margins. We have also experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, individual store-level cash flows and net investment costs. Further, we have conducted sales per square foot analyses on individual games and improved the mix of the more profitable attractions within the stores. In order to optimize sales per square foot and further enhance our store economics, the target size of our future large format stores is approximately 35,000 – 40,000 square feet. We may take advantage of local
 
5

Table of Contents
market and economic conditions to open stores that are larger or smaller than this target size. To accomplish this, we have reduced the back-of-house space, and optimized the sales area allocated to billiards and other traditional games in favor of space dedicated to more profitable video and redemption games. As a result, we expect to generate significantly higher sales per square foot than the average of our current store base, although there is no guarantee that this will occur.
To facilitate further growth of our brand, we have developed a small store format specifically designed to backfill existing markets and penetrate less densely populated markets. We opened our initial store using a small store format in Tulsa, Oklahoma in January 2009. Since the initial small store format opening, we have subsequently opened six additional small store formats, two in fiscal 2009, one in fiscal 2010, and three in fiscal 2012. We believe that the small store format will maintain the dynamic guest experience that is the foundation of our brand and allow us flexibility in our site selection process. Moreover, we expect the format to yield higher margins than our current stores by optimizing the ratio of “selling space” to back-of-house square footage and improving fixed cost leverage, although there is no guarantee that this will occur. Finally, we believe that the small store format will allow us to take less capital investment risk per store. As a result, we are targeting these smaller format stores to achieve higher returns, more efficient sales per square foot, reduced pre-opening costs relative to our larger formats, and to enable us to expand into additional markets.
We have completed major remodel projects at ten locations as of February 3, 2013 (one in fiscal 2011 and nine in fiscal 2012) and plan to remodel an additional seven stores in 2013. Our focus in the remodeling initiative is to enhance the entryway, bar and dining areas of the store and to significantly improve the sports viewing capabilities of the remodeled locations. We have received positive guest feedback related to the remodel projects completed to date.
Our stores generally are located on land that is leased. Our lease terms, including renewal options, range from 10 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent plus contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues. Forty-two of our leases include provisions for contingent rent and most have measurement periods that differ from our fiscal year. As of February 3, 2013 only 13 locations had revenues that exceed their pro-rata contingent rent revenue threshold. Generally, leases are “net leases” that requires us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 22,900 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease expires in January 2014, with an option to renew until January 2017.
Marketing, Advertising and Promotion
Our corporate marketing department manages all consumer-focused initiatives for the Dave & Buster’s brand. In order to drive sales and expand our guest base, we focus our efforts in three key areas:
Marketing: national advertising, media, promotions, in-store merchandising, pricing, local and digital marketing programs
Food and beverage: menu and product development, in-store execution
Customer insights: research, brand health and tracking
We spent approximately $28,502 in marketing efforts in fiscal 2012, $26,612 in fiscal 2011 and $26,664 in fiscal 2010. Our annual marketing expenditures include the cost of national programs totaling approximately $26,807, $25,010 and $25,758 in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We have improved marketing effectiveness through a number of initiatives. Over the last three years, we:
 
 	•	performed extensive research to better understand our guest base and fine-tune the brand positioning;	
 
 	•	refined our marketing strategy to better reach both young adults and families;	
 
 	•	created new advertising campaigns;	
 
 	•	invested in menu research and development to differentiate our food offerings from our competition and improve key product attributes (quality, consistency, value and overall guest satisfaction) and execution;	
 
 	•	developed product/promotional strategies to attract new customers and increase spending/length of stay;	
 
 	•	leveraged our loyalty database to engage and motivate customers;	
 
 	•	invested more in digital social media to create stronger relationships with consumers; and	
 
 	•	defined a consistent brand identity that reflects our quality, heritage and energy.	
 
6

Table of Contents
To drive traffic and increase visit frequency and average check size, the bulk of our marketing budget is allocated to our national cable television media. To enhance that effort, we also develop:
 
 	•	local marketing plans;	
 
 	•	in-store promotions;	
 
 	•	digital loyalty programs;	
 
 	•	market-wide print;	
 
 	•	national and local radio;	
 
 	•	emails; and	
 
 	•	websites.	
We work with external advertising, digital, media and design agencies in the development and execution of these programs.
Special Event Marketing
Our corporate and group sales programs are managed by our sales department, which provides direction, training, and support to the special events managers and their teams within each location. They are supported by a Special Events Call Center located at our Corporate Office, targeted print and online media plans, as well as promotional incentives at appropriate times during the year.
Operations
Management
The management of our store base is divided into six regions, each of which is overseen by a Regional Operations Director (“ROD”) or Regional Vice President who reports to the President and Chief Operating Officer. Our RODs oversee nine to twelve Company-owned stores each, which we believe enables them to better support the General Managers and achieve sales and profitability targets for each store within their region. In addition, we have one ROD who primarily focuses on new store openings.
Our typical store team consists of a General Manager supported by an average of nine additional management positions. There is a defined structure of development and progression of job responsibilities from Line Manager through various positions up to the General Manager role. This structure ensures that an adequate succession plan exists within each store. Each management member handles various departments within the location including responsibility for hourly employees. A typical store employs approximately 125 hourly employees, many of whom work part time. The General Manager and the management team are responsible for the day-to-day operation of that store, including the hiring, training and development of team members, as well as financial and operational performances. Our stores are generally open seven days a week, from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on Sunday through Thursday and 11:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on Friday and Saturday.
Operational Tools and Programs
We utilize a customized food and beverage analysis program that determines the theoretical food and beverage costs for each store and provides additional tools and reports to help us identify opportunities, including waste management. We perform weekly “test drives” on our games to ensure that our amusement offerings are consistent with Dave & Buster’s standards and operational. Consolidated reporting tools for key drivers of our business exist for our RODs to be able to identify and troubleshoot any systemic issues.
Management Information Systems
We utilize a number of proprietary and third party management information systems. These systems are designed to enable our games functionality, improve operating efficiencies, provide us with timely access to financial and marketing data, and reduce store and corporate administrative time and expense. We believe our management information systems are sufficient to support our store expansion plans.
 
7

Table of Contents
We strive to maintain quality and consistency in each of our stores through the careful training and supervision of our team members and the establishment of, and adherence to, high standards relating to personnel performance, food and beverage preparation, game playability and maintenance of our stores. We provide all new team members with complete orientation and one-on-one training for their positions to help ensure they are able to meet our high standards. All of our new team members are trained by partnering with a certified trainer to assure that the training and information they receive is complete and accurate. Team members are certified for their positions by passing a series of tests, including alcohol awareness training.
We require our new store managers to complete an 8-week training program that includes front-of-house service, kitchen, amusements, and management responsibilities. Newly trained managers are then assigned to their home store where they receive additional training with their General Manager. We place a high priority on our continuing management development programs in order to ensure that qualified managers are available for our future openings. We conduct semi-annual talent reviews with each manager to discuss prior performance and future performance goals. Annually we hold a General Manager conference in which our General Managers share best practices and also receive an update on our business plan.
When we open a new store, we provide varying levels of training to team members in each position to ensure the smooth and efficient operation of the store from the first day it opens to the public. Prior to opening a new store, our dedicated training and opening team travels to the location to prepare for an intensive two week training program for all team members hired for the new store opening. Part of the training team stays on site during the first week of operation. We believe this additional investment in our new stores is important, because it helps us provide our guests with a quality experience from day one.
After a store has been opened and is operating smoothly, the managers supervise the training of new team members.
Recruiting and Retention
We seek to hire experienced General Managers and team members, and offer competitive wage and benefit programs. Our store managers all participate in a performance based incentive program that is based on sales and profit goals. In addition, our salaried and hourly employees are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan, medical/dental/vision insurance plans and receive vacation/paid time off based on tenure.
Food Preparation, Quality Control and Purchasing
We strive to maintain high food quality standards. To ensure our quality standards are met, we negotiate directly with independent producers of food products. We provide detailed quality and yield specifications to suppliers for our purchases. Our systems are designed to protect the safety and quality of our food supply throughout the procurement and preparation process. Within each store, the Kitchen Manager is primarily responsible for ensuring the timely and correct preparation of food products, per the recipes we specify. We provide each of our stores with various tools and training to facilitate these activities.
Foreign Operations
We own and operate one store outside of the United States in Toronto, Canada. This store generated revenue of approximately $11,020 USD in fiscal year 2012 on a 52 week basis, $10,717 USD in fiscal 2011 and $10,071 USD in fiscal 2010 (combined), representing approximately 1.8%, 1.5% and 1.9%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue. As of February 3, 2013, we have less than 1.5% of our long-lived assets located outside the United States. Additionally, a franchisee operates a Dave & Buster’s store located in Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada, which opened on June 25, 2009. We recognized royalty income related to this franchise of $103 in fiscal 2012, $175 in fiscal 2011 and $40 in fiscal 2010 (combined).
The foreign activities are subject to various risks of doing business in a foreign country, including currency fluctuations, changes in laws and regulations and economic and political stability. We do not believe there is any material risk associated with the Canadian operations or any dependence by the domestic business upon the Canadian operations.
Store-level quarterly fluctuations and seasonality
We expect seasonality to be a factor in the operation or results of the business in the future with higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. These quarters will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe weather on customer traffic and sales during that period. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
Suppliers
The principal goods used by us are redemption game prizes and food and beverage products, which are available from a number of suppliers. We have expanded our contacts with amusement merchandise suppliers through the direct import program, a program in which we purchase Winner’s Circle merchandise and certain glassware, plateware and furniture directly from offshore manufacturers. We are a large buyer of traditional and amusement games and as a result believe we receive discounted pricing arrangements. Federal and state health care mandates and mandated increases in the minimum wage and other macro-economic pressures could have the repercussion of increasing expenses, as suppliers may be adversely impacted and seek to pass on higher costs to us.
 
8

Table of Contents
Competition
The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theatres, sporting events, bowling alleys and night clubs. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. Some of these establishments may exist in multiple locations, and we may also face competition on a national basis in the future from other concepts that are similar to ours. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery.
Intellectual Property
We have registered the trademarks Dave & Buster’s ®, Power Card ®, Eat & Play Combo ®, and Eat Drink Play ® and have registered or applied to register certain additional trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in various foreign countries. We consider our trade name and our logo to be important features of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property in the various jurisdictions where we operate. We also have certain trade secrets, such as our recipes, processes, proprietary information and certain software programs that we protect by requiring all of our employees to sign a code of ethics, which includes an agreement to keep trade secrets confidential.
Employees
As of February 3, 2013, we employed 8,410 persons, 187 of whom served at our corporate headquarters, 621 of whom served as management personnel and the remainder of whom were hourly personnel.
None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and we have never experienced an organized work stoppage, strike or labor dispute. We believe working conditions and compensation packages are competitive with those offered by competitors and consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Corporate Information
Our corporate headquarters is located at 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas, and our telephone number is (214) 357-9588. Our website is www.daveandbusters.com .
You may obtain, free of charge, copies of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K, at our internet website. These reports will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. In addition, you may view and obtain, free of charge, at our website, copies of our corporate governance materials, including, our Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Code of Business Ethics, and Whistle Blower Policy.
 
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
We wish to caution you that our business and operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors listed below are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical results and from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this report, and our other filings with the SEC, in our news releases, written or electronic communications, and verbal statements by our representatives.
You should be aware that forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties may cause our or our industry’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are generally accompanied by words like “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “expects,” and other similar expressions that convey uncertainty about future events or outcomes.
Risks Related to Our Business
The continued economic uncertainty in the U.S. and Canada impacts our business and financial results and a renewed recession could materially affect us in the future.
Our business is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending. The continued economic uncertainty in the U.S. and Canada has reduced consumer confidence impacting the public’s ability and/or desire to spend discretionary dollars as a result of job losses, home foreclosures, significantly reduced home values, volatility in the financial markets, personal bankruptcies, and reduced access to credit, resulting in lower levels of guest traffic in our stores. Leading economic indicators, such as unemployment and consumer confidence, remain volatile and may not show meaningful improvement in fiscal 2013. If conditions worsen, our business, results of operation and ability to comply with the covenants under our senior secured credit facility could be
 
9

Table of Contents
materially affected and may result in a deceleration of the number and timing of new store openings. Deterioration in guest traffic and/or a reduction in the average amount guests spend in our stores will negatively impact our revenues. This will result in sales de-leverage, spreading fixed costs across a lower level of sales, and will in turn cause downward pressure on our profit margin. This could result in reductions in staff levels, asset impairment charges and potential closures. Future recessionary effects on the Company are unknown at this time and could have a potential material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. There can be no assurance that any government’s plans to stimulate the economy will restore consumer confidence, stabilize the financial markets, increase liquidity and the availability of credit, or result in lower unemployment.
Future economic downturns similar to the economic crisis that began in 2008 could have a material adverse impact on our landlords or other tenants in shopping centers in which we are located, which in turn could negatively affect our financial results.
If we experience another economic downturn in the future, our landlords may be unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, resulting in failures to pay required construction contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us. In addition, other tenants at shopping centers in which we are located or have executed leases may fail to open or may cease operations. Decreases in total tenant occupancy in shopping centers in which we are located may affect foot traffic at our stores. All of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Our growth strategy depends on our ability to open new stores and operate them profitably.
As of February 3, 2013, there were 61 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada and one franchise location in Canada. A key element of our growth strategy is to open additional stores in locations that we believe will provide attractive returns on investment. We have identified a number of additional sites for potential future Dave & Buster’s stores. Our ability to open new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis, or at all, is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our ability to:
 
 	•	find quality locations;	
 
 	•	reach acceptable agreements regarding the lease or purchase of locations;	
 
 	•	comply with applicable zoning, licensing, land use and environmental regulations;	
 
 	•	raise or have available an adequate amount of cash or currently available financing for construction and opening costs;	
 
 	•	timely hire, train and retain the skilled management and other employees necessary to meet staffing needs;	
 
 	•	obtain, for acceptable cost, required permits and approvals, including liquor licenses; and	
 
 	•	efficiently manage the amount of time and money used to build and open each new store.	
If we succeed in opening new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis, we may nonetheless be unable to attract enough guests to new stores because potential guests may be unfamiliar with our stores or concept, or our entertainment and menu options might not appeal to them. While we have successfully opened stores with our target large store size of 35,000 – 40,000 square feet, only a small number of our existing stores are the size of this target. As of February 3, 2013, we operate seven small format stores. Our new large and small format stores may not meet or exceed the performance of our existing stores or meet or exceed our performance targets, including target cash-on-cash returns. New stores may even operate at a loss, which could have a significant adverse effect on our overall operating results. Opening a new store in an existing market could reduce the revenue at our existing stores in that market. In addition, historically, new stores experience a drop in revenues after their first year of operation. Typically, this drop has been temporary and has been followed by increases in comparable store revenue in line with the rest of our comparable store base, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case in the future or that a new store will succeed in the long term.
Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with the area.
Some of our new stores will be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets. In addition, our national advertising program may not be successful in generating brand awareness in all local markets, and the lack of market awareness of the Dave & Buster’s brand can pose an additional risk in expanding into new markets. Stores opened in new markets may open at lower average weekly revenues than stores opened in existing markets, and may have higher store-level operating expense ratios than stores in existing markets. Sales at stores opened in new markets may take longer to reach average store revenues, if at all, thereby adversely affecting our overall profitability.
 
10

Table of Contents
We may not be able to compete favorably in the highly competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as with providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theatres, sporting events, bowling alleys, nightclubs and restaurants. Many of the entities operating these businesses are larger and have significantly greater financial resources, a greater number of stores, have been in business longer, have greater name recognition and are better established in the markets where our stores are located or are planned to be located. As a result, they may be able to invest greater resources than we can in attracting guests and succeed in attracting guests who would otherwise come to our stores. The legalization of casino gambling in geographic areas near any current or future store would create the possibility for entertainment alternatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery. Our failure to compete favorably in the competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and other events.
Our operating results fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal factors. Typically, we have higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters. We expect seasonality will continue to be a factor in our results of operations. As a result, factors affecting peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our results. For example, the number of days between Thanksgiving and New Year’s Day and the days of the week on which Christmas and New Year’s Eve fall affect the volume of business we generate during the December holiday season and can affect our results for the full fiscal year. In addition, adverse weather during the winter and spring seasons can have a significant impact on our first and fourth quarters, and therefore our results for the full fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality.”
Our operating results may also fluctuate significantly because of non-seasonal factors. Due to our relatively limited number of locations, poor results of operations at any single store could significantly affect our overall profitability.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new store openings.
The timing of new store openings may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly performance. We typically incur most cash pre-opening costs for a new store within the two months immediately preceding, and the month of, the store’s opening. In addition, the labor and operating costs for a newly opened store during the first three to six months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues. In 2013 we expect to spend between $50,000 and $60,000 (net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction. A portion of the 2013 new store expenditures is related to stores that will be under construction in 2013 but will not open until 2014. Due to these substantial up-front financial requirements to open new stores, the investment risk related to any single store is much larger than that associated with many other restaurants or entertainment venues.
We have had net losses in recent years.
Although we had net income of $17,997 for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, we have high interest and depreciation and amortization expense and, as a result, incurred net loss of $7,295 in fiscal 2010 (combined). Achieving profitability depends upon numerous factors, including our ability to generate increased revenues and our ability to control expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this Report and our ongoing interest and depreciation and amortization expense, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. Accordingly, we can make no assurances that we will be able to achieve, sustain or increase profitability in the future.
Our operations are susceptible to the availability and cost of food and other supplies, in most cases from a limited number of suppliers, which subject us to possible risks of shortages, interruptions and price fluctuations.
Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in product costs. Cost of food and beverage as a percentage of food and beverage revenue was 24.5% in fiscal 2012, 24.1% in fiscal 2011, and 23.8% in fiscal 2010 (combined). Cost of food as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 8.5% in fiscal 2012. Cost of amusement and other costs as a percentage of amusement and other revenue was 14.9% in fiscal 2012, 15.4% in fiscal 2011, and 15.9% in fiscal 2010 (combined). If we have to pay higher prices for food or other supplies, our operating costs may increase, and, if we are unable or unwilling to pass such cost increases on to our guests, our operating results could be adversely affected.
 
11

Table of Contents
The unplanned loss of a major distributor could adversely affect our business by disrupting our operations as we seek out and negotiate a new distribution contract. We also have multiple short-term supply contracts with a limited number of suppliers. If any of these suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute products or supplies to our stores, we may be unable to replace the suppliers in a short period of time on acceptable terms, which could increase our costs, cause shortages of food and other items at our stores and cause us to remove certain items from our menu. Other than forward purchase contracts for certain food items, we currently do not engage in futures contracts or other financial risk management strategies with respect to potential price fluctuations in the cost of food and other supplies.
We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing food, beverage and amusement costs by adjusting purchasing practices or menu and game prices, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Our procurement of games and amusement offerings is dependent upon a few suppliers.
Our ability to continue to procure new games, amusement offerings, and other entertainment-related equipment is important to our business strategy. The number of suppliers from which we can purchase games, amusement offerings and other entertainment-related equipment is limited. To the extent that the number of suppliers declines, we could be subject to the risk of distribution delays, pricing pressure, lack of innovation and other associated risks.
In addition, any increase in cost or decrease in availability of new amusement offerings that appeal to guests could adversely impact the cost to acquire and operate new amusements which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing amusement offerings cost by adjusting purchasing practices or game prices, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Instances of food-borne illness and outbreaks of disease, as well as negative publicity relating thereto, could result in reduced demand for our menu offerings and reduced traffic in our stores and negatively impact our business.
Our business could be severely impacted by a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic. A widespread health epidemic (such as the avian flu) or food-borne illness (such as aphthous fever, which is also known as hoof and mouth disease, as well as hepatitis A, listeria, salmonella and e-coli), whether or not traced to one of our stores, may cause guests to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Even the prospects of a health epidemic could change consumer perceptions of food safety, disrupt our supply chain and impact our ability to supply certain menu items or staff our stores. Outbreaks of disease, including severe acute respiratory syndrome, which is also known as SARS, as well as influenza, could reduce traffic in our stores. Any of these events would negatively impact our business. In addition, any negative publicity relating to these and other health-related matters may affect consumers’ perceptions of our stores and the food that we offer, reduce guest visits to our stores and negatively impact demand for our menu offerings.
We may not be able to obtain and maintain licenses and permits necessary to operate our stores in compliance with laws, regulations and other requirements, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting our business. Each store is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which may include alcoholic beverage control, amusement, health and safety and fire agencies in the state, county or municipality in which the store is located. Each store is required to obtain a license to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises from a state authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal authorities. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. In the past, we have had licenses temporarily suspended. For example, our licenses to sell alcoholic beverages were suspended for 2 days in 2011 in our Maple Grove, Minnesota store, for 10 days in 2010 in our Milpitas, California store and for 25 days in 2008 in our Ontario, California store, each due to violations of the terms of our licenses. In some states, the loss of a license for cause with respect to one location may lead to the loss of licenses at all locations in that state and could make it more difficult to obtain additional licenses in that state. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of the daily operations of each store, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling and storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. The failure to receive or retain a liquor license, or any other required permit or license, in a particular location, or to continue to qualify for, or renew licenses, could have a material adverse effect on operations and our ability to obtain such a license or permit in other locations.
As a result of operating certain entertainment games and attractions, including games that offer redemption prizes, we are subject to amusement licensing and regulation by the states, counties and municipalities in which our stores are located. Certain entertainment attractions are heavily regulated and such regulations vary significantly between communities. Moreover, as more states and local communities implement legalized gambling, the corresponding enabling regulations may also be applicable to our
 
12

Table of Contents
redemption games and regulators may create new licensing requirements, taxes or fees, or restrictions on the various types of redemption games we offer. From time-to-time, existing stores may be required to modify certain games, alter the mix of games, or terminate the use of specific games as a result of the interpretation of regulations by state or local officials, any of which could adversely affect our operations.
Changes in laws, regulations and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are also subject to federal, state and local environmental laws, regulations and other requirements. More stringent and varied requirements of local and state governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new stores in particular locations. Environmental laws and regulations also govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. These laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against us associated with actual or alleged release of, or exposure to, hazardous substances at our properties. We could also be strictly liable, without regard to fault, for certain environmental conditions at properties we formerly owned or operated as well as at our current properties.
In addition, we are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act (which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime), the Americans with Disabilities Act, various family-leave mandates and other federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern working conditions. From time-to-time, the U.S. Congress and the states consider increases in the applicable minimum wage. Several states in which we operate have enacted increases in the minimum wage, which have taken effect during the past several years, and further increases are anticipated. Although we expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal and state mandated increases in the minimum wage, such increases are not expected to be material. However, we are uncertain of the repercussion, if any, of increased minimum wages on other expenses. For example, our suppliers may be more severely impacted by higher minimum wage standards, which could result in increased costs to us. If we are unable to offset these costs through increased costs to our guests, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Moreover, although none of our employees have been or are now represented by any unions, labor organizations may seek to represent certain of our employees in the future, and if they are successful, our payroll expenses and other labor costs may be increased in the course of collective bargaining, and/or there may be strikes or other work disruptions that may adversely affect our business.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Patient Act”), as well as other healthcare reform legislation being considered by Congress and state legislatures, may have an adverse effect on our business. Although the Patient Act does not mandate that employers offer health insurance to all employees who are eligible under the legislation, beginning in 2014, penalties will be assessed on employers who do not offer health insurance that meets certain affordability or benefit requirements. Providing health insurance benefits to employees that are more extensive than the health insurance benefits we currently provide and to a potentially larger proportion of our employees, or the payment of penalties if the specified level of coverage is not provided at an affordable cost to employees, will increase our expenses. Additionally, our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher health care-related costs, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. While the significant costs of the Patient Act will occur after 2013, increases in our healthcare costs could have a significant, negative impact on our business.
The Patient Act also requires us to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements. The Food and Drug Administration has indicated that it intends to issue final regulations in 2013 and begin enforcing the regulations by the end of 2013 or beginning of 2014. A number of states, counties and cities have also enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit operators to disclose certain nutritional information to customers, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Although the federal legislation is intended to preempt conflicting state or local laws on nutrition labeling, until we are required to comply with the federal law, we will be subject to a patchwork of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional content disclosure requirements. The effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.
Our sales and results of operations may be adversely affected by the passage of climate change and other environmental legislation and regulations. The costs and other effects of new legal requirements cannot be determined with certainty. For example, new legislation or regulations may result in increased costs directly for our compliance or indirectly to the extent that such requirements increase prices charged to us by vendors because of increased compliance costs. At this point, we are unable to determine the impact that climate change and other environmental legislation and regulations could have on our overall business.
We face potential liability with our gift cards under the property laws of some states.
Our gift cards, which may be used to purchase food, beverage, merchandise and game play credits in our stores, may be considered stored value cards. Certain states include gift cards under their abandoned and unclaimed property laws, and require companies to remit to the state cash in an amount equal to all or a designated portion of the unredeemed balance on the gift cards based on certain card attributes and the length of time that the cards are inactive. To date we have not remitted any amounts relating to unredeemed gift cards to states based upon our assessment of applicable laws. We recognize income from unredeemed cards when we determine that the likelihood of the cards being redeemed is remote and that recognition is appropriate based on governing state statutes.
The analysis of the potential application of the abandoned and unclaimed property laws to our gift cards is complex, involving an analysis of constitutional, statutory provisions and factual issues. In the event that one or more states change their existing abandoned and unclaimed property laws or successfully challenges our position on the application of its abandoned and unclaimed property laws to our gift cards, or if the estimates that we use in projecting the likelihood of the cards being redeemed prove to be inaccurate, our liabilities with respect to unredeemed gift cards may be materially higher than the amounts shown in our financial statements. If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed gift cards, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.
Our Power Cards may raise similar concerns to gift cards in terms of the applicability of states’ abandoned and unclaimed property laws. However, based on our analysis of abandoned and unclaimed property laws, we believe that our Power Cards are not stored value cards and such laws do not apply, although there can be no assurance that states will not take a different position.
 
13

Table of Contents
Guest complaints or litigation on behalf of our guests or employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business may be adversely affected by legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of our guests or employees. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies, including ours, have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters, and a number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages to the defendants. We could also face potential liability if we are found to have misclassified certain employees as exempt from the overtime requirements of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and state labor laws. We have had from time to time and now have such lawsuits pending against us. In addition, from time to time, guests file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to a store. We are also subject to a variety of other claims in the ordinary course of business, including personal injury, lease and contract claims. The restaurant industry has also been subject to a growing number of claims that the menus and actions of restaurant chains have led to the obesity of certain of their guests.
We are also subject to “dram shop” statutes in certain states in which our stores are located. These statutes generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated individual. We are currently the subject of certain lawsuits that allege violations of these statutes. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments and settlements under dram shop statutes. Because these cases often seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, such litigation could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. As approximately 30.9% of our food and beverage revenues were derived from the sale of alcoholic beverages during fiscal 2012, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may materially affect our stores and us.
We may face labor shortages that could slow our growth and adversely impact our ability to operate our stores.
The successful operation of our business depends upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of qualified executives, managers and skilled employees. From time-to-time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor in certain of the communities in which our stores are located. Shortages of skilled labor may make it increasingly difficult and expensive to attract, train and retain the services of a satisfactory number of qualified employees and could delay the planned openings of new stores or adversely impact our existing stores. Any such delays, material increases in employee turnover rates in existing stores or widespread employee dissatisfaction could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Immigration reform continues to attract significant attention in the public arena and the U.S. Congress. If new immigration legislation is enacted, such laws may contain provisions that could increase our costs in recruiting, training and retaining employees. Also, although our hiring practices comply with the requirements of federal law in reviewing employees’ citizenship or authority to work in the U.S., increased enforcement efforts with respect to existing immigration laws by governmental authorities may disrupt a portion of our workforce or our operations at one or more of our stores, thereby negatively impacting our business.
We depend on the services of key executives, the loss of whom could materially harm our business and our strategic direction if we were unable to replace them with executives of equal experience and capabilities.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued service and performance of our key management personnel. We have employment agreements with all members of senior management. However, we cannot prevent members of senior management from terminating their employment with us. Losing the services of members of senior management could materially harm our business until a suitable replacement is found, and such replacement may not have equal experience and capabilities. In addition, we have not purchased life insurance on any members of our senior management.
Local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters could adversely affect our business.
Certain of the regions in which our stores are located have been, and may in the future be, subject to adverse local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions, or natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods and hurricanes. In particular, seven of our stores are located in California and are subject to earthquake risk, and our four stores in Florida, our two stores in Houston and our one store in Honolulu are subject to hurricane risk. Depending upon its magnitude, a natural disaster could severely damage our stores, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We currently maintain property and business interruption insurance through the aggregate property policy for each of the stores. However, such coverage may not be sufficient if there is a major disaster. In addition, upon the expiration of our current insurance policies, adequate insurance coverage may not be available at reasonable rates, or at all.
 
14

Table of Contents
Damage to our brand or reputation could adversely affect our business.
Our brand and our reputation are among our most important assets. Our ability to attract and retain guests depends, in part, upon the external perception of our company, the quality of our food service and facilities, and our integrity. Multi-store businesses, such as ours, can be adversely affected by unfavorable publicity resulting from poor food quality, illness or health concerns, or a variety of other operating issues stemming from one or a limited number of stores. Adverse publicity involving any of these factors could make our stores less appealing, reduce our guest traffic and/or impose practical limits on pricing. In the future, more of our stores may be operated by franchisees. Any such franchisees will be independent third parties that we do not control. Although our franchisees will be contractually obligated to operate the store in accordance with our standards, we would not oversee their daily operations. If one or more of our stores were the subject of unfavorable publicity, our overall brand could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to renew real property leases on favorable terms, or at all, which may require us to close a store or relocate, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Of the 61 stores operated by us as of February 3, 2013, all are operated on leased property. The leases typically provide for a base rent plus additional rent based on a percentage of the revenue generated by the stores on the leased premises once certain thresholds are met. A decision not to renew a lease for a store could be based on a number of factors, including an assessment of the area in which the store is located. We may choose not to renew, or may not be able to renew, certain of such existing leases if the capital investment then required to maintain the stores at the leased locations is not justified by the return on the required investment. If we are not able to renew the leases at rents that allow such stores to remain profitable as their terms expire, the number of such stores may decrease, resulting in lower revenue from operations, or we may relocate a store, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, and, in either case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Fixed rental payments account for a significant portion of our operating expenses, which increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit our operating and financial flexibility.
Payments under our operating leases account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. For example, total rental payments, including additional rental payments based on sales at some of our stores, under operating leases were approximately $52,186, or 9.0% of our total revenues, in fiscal 2012. In addition, as of February 3, 2013, we were a party to operating leases requiring future minimum lease payments aggregating approximately $102,356 through the next two years and approximately $356,088 thereafter. We expect that we will lease any new stores we open under operating leases. Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:
 
 	•	increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;	
 
 	•	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;	
 
 	•	requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;	
 
 	•	limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or the industry in which we compete; and	
 
 	•	placing us at a disadvantage with respect to our competitors.	
We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease obligations and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under bank loans or from other sources, we may not be able to service our operating lease obligations, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a material adverse effect on us.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property.
Our intellectual property is essential to our success and competitive position. We use a combination of intellectual property rights, such as trademarks and trade secrets, to protect our brand and certain other proprietary processes and information material to our business. The success of our business strategy depends, in part, on our continued ability to use our intellectual property rights to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded products in both existing and new markets. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete. If third parties misappropriate or infringe our intellectual property, the value of our image, brand and the goodwill associated therewith may be diminished, our brand may fail to achieve and maintain market recognition, and our competitive position may be harmed, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our revenues. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the violation or misappropriation of such intellectual property rights by others. To protect our intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, and adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
15

Table of Contents
We cannot be certain that our products and services do not and will not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award, take a royalty-bearing license, discontinue the use of third party products used within our operations and/or rebrand our business and products.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. Any failure to remediate deficiencies noted by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
Disruptions in our information technology systems or security breaches of confidential customer information or personal employee information could have an adverse impact on our operations.
Our operations are dependent upon the integrity, security and consistent operation of various systems and data centers, including the point-of-sale, kiosk and amusement operations systems in our stores, data centers that process transactions, communication systems and various other software applications used throughout our operations. Disruptions in these systems could have an adverse impact on our operations. We could encounter difficulties in developing new systems or maintaining and upgrading existing systems. Such difficulty could lead to significant expenses or to losses due to disruption in our business operations. In 2007, there was an external breach of our credit card processing systems, which led to fraudulent credit card activity and resulted in the payment of fines and reimbursements for the fraudulent credit card activity. As part of a settlement with the Federal Trade Commission, we have implemented a series of corrective measures in order to ensure that our computer systems are secure and that our guests’ personal information is protected. Despite our considerable efforts and investment in technology to secure our computer network, security could still be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur in the future. This could lead to a loss of sales or profits or cause us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages.
Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.
We believe we maintain insurance coverage that is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. For example, we maintain business interruption insurance, but there can be no assurance that the coverage for a severe or prolonged business interruption at one or more of our stores would be adequate. Given the limited number of stores we operate, such a loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we do not currently carry insurance for breaches of our computer network security. Moreover, we believe that insurance covering liability for violations of wage and hour laws is generally not available. These losses, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Capital Structure
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our financial obligations.
As of February 3, 2013, we had $145,875 ($145,079 net of discount) of borrowings under our existing term loan facility, no borrowings under our revolving credit facility, $4,327 in letters of credit outstanding and $200,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.0% senior notes outstanding. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including:
 
 	•	our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions, new store growth, and general corporate or other purposes may be limited;	
 
 	•	a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on the indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;	
 
 	•	certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates;	
 
16

Table of Contents
 	•	our ability to adjust to changing market conditions may be limited and may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less-leveraged competitors; and	
 
 	•	we may be vulnerable in a downturn in general economic conditions or in business, or may be unable to carry on capital spending that is important to our growth.	
The terms of our senior secured credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
Our senior secured credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes contain, and any future indebtedness likely will contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:
 
 	•	incur additional debt;	
 
 	•	pay dividends and make other restricted payments;	
 
 	•	create liens;	
 
 	•	make investments and acquisitions;	
 
 	•	engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;	
 
 	•	enter into sale-leaseback transactions;	
 
 	•	enter into transactions with affiliates;	
 
 	•	transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions;	
 
 	•	hedge currency and interest rate risk; and	
 
 	•	make capital expenditures.	
Our senior secured credit facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios in the event we draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12.0 million. Failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in the instruments governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the facility which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our credit facility, the lenders will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us. Our lenders also could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts. If our indebtedness were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.
In addition, absent an increase in our Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the indenture governing our senior notes, we would not be permitted to incur a substantial amount of indebtedness under the incurrence limitations of the indenture, other than pursuant to our revolving credit facility and other limited exceptions.
Our Board of Directors may be controlled by a single stockholder, whose interest may not align with yours.
As a result of the Acquisition and subsequent stock transactions, as of February 3, 2013, the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates control approximately 95.4% of our outstanding common stock. Neither the Oak Hill Funds nor its affiliates have any obligation to contribute additional funds (directly or indirectly to) the Company.
Accordingly, the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates indirectly beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock and can determine the outcomes of the elections of members of our Board of Directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates could conflict with those of our public debt holders. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they come due, the interests of the Oak Hill Funds and their affiliates as equity holders might conflict with the interests of our noteholders. The Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates may have an interest in Dave & Buster’s pursuing acquisitions, divestitures or financings or other transactions that, in their judgment could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions may involve significant risks to our noteholders. In addition, the Oak Hill Funds and their affiliates may in the future own interests in businesses that compete with ours.
 
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 
17

Table of Contents
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
As of February 3, 2013, we lease the building or site of all 61 company-owned stores. There is also one franchised store operating in Canada. The Company has no financial obligation relating to the franchisee’s property. The following table sets forth the number of stores that are located in each state/country as of February 3, 2013.

State or Country	  	Number of
Stores	 	
Arizona	  	 	2	  	
California	  	 	7	  	
Colorado	  	 	2	  	
Florida	  	 	4	  	
Georgia	  	 	3	  	
Hawaii	  	 	1	  	
Idaho	  	 	1	  	
Illinois	  	 	3	  	
Indiana	  	 	1	  	
Kansas	  	 	1	  	
Maryland	  	 	2	  	
Massachusetts	  	 	1	  	
Michigan	  	 	1	  	
Minnesota	  	 	1	  	
Missouri	  	 	1	  	
Nebraska	  	 	1	  	
New York	  	 	6	  	
North Carolina	  	 	1	  	
Ohio	  	 	4	  	
Oklahoma	  	 	2	  	
Pennsylvania	  	 	4	  	
Rhode Island	  	 	1	  	
Tennessee	  	 	1	  	
Texas	  	 	7	  	
Virginia	  	 	1	  	
Wisconsin	  	 	1	  	
Canada (a)	  	 	2	  	
 
(a)	One store is a franchise which operates in Niagara Falls, Ontario.	
Our stores generally are located on land that is leased. The contracted lease terms, including renewal options, generally range from 10 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent plus contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues. We currently pay contingent rent in only a small number of our stores. Generally, leases are “net leases” that require us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 22,900 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease expires in January 2014, with an option to renew until January 2017.
 
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to, or an adverse outcome in any such legal proceedings or claims will not materially affect our business, the consolidated results of our operations or our financial condition.
 
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
None.
 
18

Table of Contents
PART II
 
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	
There is no established public trading market for our common stock. One hundred percent of our outstanding common stock is owned by D&B Holdings. There were no repurchases by Dave & Buster’s, Inc. of our common stock in 2012. See “Business – Corporate History” in Item 1.
 
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following selected financial data is qualified in entirety by the consolidated financial statements (and the related Notes thereto) contained in Item 8 and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7. We derived the selected financial data from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes as of the fiscal years ended February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, included elsewhere in this Report. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, 120 days ended May 31, 2010, fiscal year ended January 31, 2010, and fiscal year ended February 1, 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements previously filed with the SEC.

 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	244 Days	 	 	120 Days	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	
 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	 	
 	 	February 3, 2013 (1)	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	 	January 30, 2011	 	 	May 31, 2010	 	 	January 31, 2010	 	 	February 1, 2009	 	 	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	
Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	$	608,067	  	 	$	541,545	  	 	$	343,533	  	 	$	178,006	  	 	$	520,783	  	 	$	533,358	  	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	43,714	  	 	 	34,150	  	 	 	17,778	  	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	21,871	  	 	 	27,747	  	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	955	  	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	(350	) 	 	 	1,615	  	 	 	
Balance sheet data (as of end of period):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	36,117	  	 	 	33,684	  	 	 	34,407	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	16,682	  	 	 	8,534	  	 	 	
Working capital (deficit) (2)	 	 	(1,065	) 	 	 	(14,890	) 	 	 	(5,186	) 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	(33,922	) 	 	 	(40,118	) 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	337,239	  	 	 	323,342	  	 	 	304,819	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	294,151	  	 	 	296,805	  	 	 	
Total assets	 	 	804,553	  	 	 	778,662	  	 	 	764,542	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	483,640	  	 	 	480,936	  	 	 	
Total debt, net of discount	 	 	345,079	  	 	 	346,667	  	 	 	347,918	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	227,250	  	 	 	229,750	  	 	 	
Stockholder’s equity	 	 	260,976	  	 	 	241,865	  	 	 	239,830	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	92,646	  	 	 	92,023	  	 	 	
Other data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	 	$	78,689	  	 	$	72,946	  	 	$	22,255	  	 	$	12,978	  	 	$	48,423	  	 	$	49,254	  	 	 	
Stores open at end of period (3)	 	 	61	(4) 	 	 	58	(4) 	 	 	57	(4) 	 	 	57	(4) 	 	 	55	(4) 	 	 	52	  	 	 	
 
(1)	We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday nearest January 31. Fiscal year 2012 was 53 weeks in length and all other fiscal years presented herein were 52 weeks.	
(2)	Defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.	
(3)	Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed from May 2, 2010 to November 28, 2011, due to flooding is included in our store count for all periods. Our store count has been adjusted downward for the two store closures in Dallas, Texas, one in fiscal 2011 and one in fiscal 2012.	
(4)	The number of stores open excludes one franchise in Canada.	
 
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes. Unless otherwise specified, the meanings of all defined terms in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) are consistent with the meanings of such terms as defined in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion on the risks, uncertainties, and assumptions relating to our forward-looking statements. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands.
General
We are a leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. We define high-volume dining and entertainment venues as those open for at least one full year and with average store revenues in excess of $5,000. Founded in 1982, the core of our concept is to offer our guest base the opportunity to “Eat Drink Play  ® ” all in one location. We believe we are the largest national chain offering a full menu of casual dining food items and a full selection of non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage items combined with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events, skill and sports-oriented redemption games, video games, interactive simulators and other traditional games. Our guests are primarily a balanced mix of men and women aged 21 to 39, and we believe we are also an attractive venue for families with children and teenagers. We believe we appeal to a diverse customer base by providing a highly customizable experience in a dynamic and fun setting.
 
19

Table of Contents
As of February 3, 2013, we owned and operated 61 stores in 26 states and Canada. In addition, there is one franchised store operating in Canada. Our stores are open seven days a week, typically from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on Sunday through Thursday and 11:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on Friday and Saturday. Our stores average approximately 47,000 square feet in size and range between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet. In the 53 week period ended February 3, 2013, we had total revenues of $608,067.
Corporate History
Overview
We were founded in 1982 by David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley under the belief that there was consumer demand for the combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first two locations in Dallas, Texas in 1982 and 1988 and have subsequently expanded to 61 company-owned stores in 26 states and Canada. From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, we were acquired by Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a holding company controlled by Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors, L.P. (“HBK”). D&B Holdings was then acquired on June 1, 2010 by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. as described below.
Acquisition by the Oak Hill Funds
On June 1, 2010, Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (formerly known as Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. and originally named Games Acquisition Corp.) (“D&B Entertainment”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, the “Oak Hill Funds” and together with their manager, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, and its related funds, “Oak Hill Capital Partners”), acquired all of the outstanding common stock (the “Acquisition”) of D&B Holdings from Wellspring and HBK. In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp. a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of D&B Entertainment, merged (the “Merger”) with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the Merger).
The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The purchase price paid in the Acquisition has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 have been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies.
During fiscal 2012, 2011 and the Successor portion of 2010, we expensed approximately $361, $522 and $4,638, respectively, related to the Acquisition of Dave & Buster’s as directed by the Oak Hill Funds. During the Predecessor portion of 2010, we expensed approximately $4,280 related to the sale of Dave & Buster’s arranged by Wellspring.
 
20

Table of Contents
Post-Acquisition Equity Activity
On September 30, 2010, D&B Entertainment repurchased one thousand five hundred shares of its common stock from a former member of management for $1,500, all of which was paid by the Company on behalf of D&B Entertainment prior to January 29, 2012. D&B Entertainment retained the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On March 23, 2011, D&B Entertainment sold to a member of management seventy-five shares of its common stock held as treasury stock for an aggregate price of $75, the value based on an independent third party valuation prepared as of January 30, 2011.
On June 28, 2011, D&B Entertainment repurchased approximately ninety shares of its common stock from a former member of management for approximately $90, of which the Company, on behalf of D&B Entertainment, paid $15. D&B Entertainment retained the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On January 13, 2012, D&B Entertainment repurchased approximately four hundred twenty-two shares of its common stock from a former member of management for approximately $506 all of which was paid by the Company on behalf of D&B Entertainment. D&B Entertainment retained the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On January 18, 2012, D&B Entertainment sold approximately eight hundred thirty-three shares of its common stock previously held as treasury stock to three outside directors for an aggregate price of approximately $1,000. Proceeds from the sale were used to repay funds that had been advanced to D&B Entertainment by the Company. The per share sales price approximates the value per share as determined by an independent third party valuation prepared as of October 30, 2011.
 
21

Table of Contents
As of February 3, 2013, the Oak Hill Funds control approximately 95.4% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.6% of the outstanding common stock of D&B Entertainment.
Expense Reimbursement Agreement
We entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. We incurred expenses of $799 during fiscal 2012, $860 during fiscal 2011 and $371 during the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date, such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew.
Presentation of Operating Results
Generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States require operating results of the Company prior to the Acquisition to be presented as the Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results subsequent to the Acquisition are presented as the Successor’s results and include all periods including and subsequent to June 1, 2010. There have been no changes in the business operations of the Company due to the Acquisition.
We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarter consists of 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter consists of 14 weeks. Our 2012 fiscal year consists of 53 weeks and all other years presented consist of 52 weeks. All references to “2012”, “fiscal 2012”, “fiscal year 2012” or similar references relate to the 53 week period ended February 3, 2013, of the Successor. All references to “2011”, “fiscal 2011”, “fiscal year 2011” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended January 29, 2012, of the Successor. All references to “2010”, “fiscal 2010”, “fiscal year 2010” or similar references relate to the combined results of the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011, of the Successor and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010, of the Predecessor. The financial results of the Successor period include the impacts of applying purchase accounting. The presentation of combined Predecessor and Successor operating results (which is simply the arithmetic sum of the Predecessor and Successor amounts) is a non-GAAP presentation, which is provided as a convenience solely for the purpose of facilitating comparisons of fiscal year 2012 and 2011 results with combined results of fiscal year 2010.
Overview
We monitor and analyze a number of key performance measures in order to manage our business and evaluate financial and operating performance. These measures include:
Revenues. Revenues consist of food and beverage revenues as well as amusement and other revenues. Beverage revenues refer to alcoholic beverages. For the year ended February 3, 2013, we derived 33.9% of our total revenue from food sales, 15.2% from beverage sales, 50.1% from amusement sales and 0.8% from other sources. For the year ended January 29, 2012, we derived 35.1% of our total revenue from food sales, 15.2% from beverage sales, 48.8% from amusement sales and 0.9% from other sources. Our revenues are primarily influenced by the number of stores in operation and comparable store revenue. Comparable store revenue growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the comparable store base and is an important measure of store performance. We define the comparable store base to include those stores open at the end of the period which have been opened for at least a full 18 months as of the beginning of each fiscal year. Percentage changes have been calculated based on an equivalent number of weeks in both the current and comparison periods. Comparable store sales growth can be generated by an increase in guest traffic counts or by increases in average dollars spent per guest.
We continually monitor the success of current food and beverage items, the availability of new menu offerings, the menu price structure and our ability to adjust prices where competitively appropriate. With respect to the beverage component, we operate fully licensed facilities, which means that we offer full beverage service, including alcoholic beverages throughout each store.
Our stores also offer an extensive array of amusements and entertainment options, with typically over 150 redemption and simulation games. We also offer traditional pocket billiards and shuffleboard. Redemption games offer our guests the opportunity to win tickets that can be redeemed for prizes in the “Winner’s Circle,” ranging from branded novelty items to high-end home electronics. Our redemption games include basic games of skill, such as skeeball and basketball, as well as competitive racing, and individual electronic games of skill. We review the amount of game play on existing amusements in an effort to match amusements availability with guest preferences. We intend to continue to invest in new games as they become available and prove to be attractive to guests. Our unique venue allows us to provide our customers with value driven food and amusement combination offerings such as our “Eat & Play Combo.” The “Eat & Play Combo” allows customers to purchase a variety of entrée and game card pairings at various fixed price levels. We also offer “Half-Price Game Play Wednesdays,” which allows guests to play virtually all of our games for one-half of the regular price on Wednesdays.
 
22

Table of Contents
We believe that special events business is a very important component of our revenue because a significant percentage of our guests attending a special event are visiting a Dave & Buster’s for the first time. This is a very advantageous way to introduce the concept to new guests. Accordingly, a considerable emphasis is placed on the special events portion of our business.
Cost of products. Cost of products includes the cost of food, beverages and the Winner’s Circle redemption items. For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, the cost of food products averaged 24.9% of food revenue and the cost of beverage products averaged 23.4% of beverage revenue. The amusement and other cost of products averaged 14.9% of amusement and other revenues. For the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, the cost of food products averaged 24.4% of food revenue and the cost of beverage products averaged 23.5% of beverage revenue. The amusement and other cost of products averaged 15.4% of amusement and other revenues. The cost of products is driven by product mix and pricing movements from third-party suppliers. We continually strive to gain efficiencies in both the acquisition and use of products while maintaining high standards of product quality.
Operating payroll and benefits. Operating payroll and benefits consist of wages, employer taxes and benefits for store personnel. We continually review the opportunity for efficiencies principally through scheduling refinements.
Other store operating expenses. Other store operating expenses consist of store-related occupancy, supply and outside service expenses, utilities, repair and maintenance and marketing and promotional costs.
Store-level variability, quarterly fluctuations, seasonality, and inflation. We have historically operated stores varying in size and have experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, operating results and net investment costs. Our new locations typically open with sales volumes in excess of their run-rate levels, which we refer to as a “honeymoon” effect. We expect our new store volumes and margins to be lower in the second full year of operations than in their first full year of operations, and to grow in line with the rest of our comparable store base thereafter. As a result of the substantial revenues associated with each new store, the timing of new store openings will result in significant fluctuations in quarterly results.
We also expect seasonality to be a factor in the operation or results of the business in the future with higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. These quarters will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe weather on customer traffic and sales during that period. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
We expect that volatile economic conditions will continue to exert pressure on both supplier pricing and consumer spending related to entertainment and dining alternatives. Although there is no assurance that our cost of products will remain stable or that federal or state minimum wage rates will not increase beyond amounts currently legislated, the effects of any supplier price increases or minimum wage rate increases are expected to be partially offset by selected menu price increases where competitively appropriate.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected data in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (unless otherwise noted) for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations included in this Report. The following table presents the results of operations for fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011:

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended
February 3,
2013	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 29,
2012	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	298,421	  	 	 	49.1	%	 	$	272,606	  	 	 	50.3	%	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	309,646	  	 	 	50.9	  	 	 	268,939	  	 	 	49.7	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	608,067	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	541,545	  	 	 	100.0	  	
Cost of food and beverage (as a percentage of food and beverage revenues)	  	 	73,019	  	 	 	24.5	  	 	 	65,751	  	 	 	24.1	  	
Cost of amusement and other (as a percentage of amusement and other revenues)	  	 	46,098	  	 	 	14.9	  	 	 	41,417	  	 	 	15.4	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	119,117	  	 	 	19.6	  	 	 	107,168	  	 	 	19.8	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	145,571	  	 	 	23.9	  	 	 	130,875	  	 	 	24.2	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	192,792	  	 	 	31.7	  	 	 	175,993	  	 	 	32.5	  	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	40,356	  	 	 	6.7	  	 	 	34,896	  	 	 	6.4	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	63,457	  	 	 	10.4	  	 	 	54,277	  	 	 	10.0	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	3,060	  	 	 	0.5	  	 	 	4,186	  	 	 	0.8	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	564,353	  	 	 	92.8	  	 	 	507,395	  	 	 	93.7	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	43,714	  	 	 	7.2	  	 	 	34,150	  	 	 	6.3	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	33,075	  	 	 	5.4	  	 	 	32,516	  	 	 	6.0	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	10,639	  	 	 	1.8	  	 	 	1,634	  	 	 	0.3	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	  	 	(7,358	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	 	 	679	  	 	 	0.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	17,997	  	 	 	3.0	%	 	$	955	  	 	 	0.2	%	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash provided by (used in):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	  	$	82,796	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	73,247	  	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities	  	 	(78,488	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(71,502	) 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities	  	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2,468	) 	 	 	 	 	
Change in comparable store sales (1)	  	 	 	 	 	 	3.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.2	%	
Stores open at end of period (2)	  	 	 	 	 	 	61	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	58	  	
Comparable stores open at end of period (1)	  	 	 	 	 	 	54	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	52	  	
 
23

Table of Contents
 
(1)	“Comparable store sales” (year-over-year comparison of stores open at the end of the period which have been opened for at least 18 months as of the beginning of each of the fiscal year) is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. The fiscal year 2012 comparable store sales have been adjusted to remove the impact of the 53 rd  week prior to calculating the year-over-year change percentage.	
(2)	Included in our store count as of January 29, 2012, is one store in Dallas, Texas, which was permanently closed on December 17, 2012. Store count also excludes one franchise store in Canada. Our new store openings during the last two fiscal years were as follows:	

Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2013	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January 29, 2012	
Location	 	Opening Date	 	Location	 	Opening Date	
Oklahoma City, OK	 	1/30/2012	 	Orlando, FL	 	7/18/2011	
Orland Park, IL (Chicago)	 	9/22/2012	 	Braintree, MA (Boston)	 	12/7/2011	
Dallas, TX	 	12/2/2012	 	 	 	 	
Boise, ID	 	1/12/2013	 	 	 	 	
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Our fiscal year 2012 consists of 53 weeks compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011. We have estimated the changes in fiscal year 2012 revenues compared to fiscal year 2011 revenues on a comparable 52 week basis under the caption “53 rd  week impact.” All other comparisons are discussed as a percentage of revenue and therefore are not impacted by the additional 53 rd  week.
Revenues
Total revenues were $608,067 for fiscal year 2012 and $541,545 for fiscal year 2011. We have estimated the revenues during the 53rd week of fiscal year 2012 to be $10,355 ($8,987 for comparable stores and $1,368 for non-comparable stores). The fiscal year 2012 revenue mix was 49.1% food and beverage and 50.9% amusement and other. The fiscal year 2011 revenue mix was 50.3% food and beverage and 49.7% amusement and other.
Total revenues increased $66,522, or 12.3%, to $608,067 in fiscal year 2012 compared to total revenues of $541,545 in fiscal year 2011.
The net increase in revenues were derived from the following sources:

 	  	Adjusted
fiscal 2012	 	
Non-comparable stores—operating	  	$	42,859	  	
Non-comparable store—closure of store in Dallas, Texas	  	 	(639	) 	
Comparable stores (1)	  	 	15,254	  	
53rd week impact—comparable stores	  	 	8,987	  	
Other	  	 	61	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	66,522	  	

(1)	Revenue increase for comparable stores has been adjusted to remove the impact of the 53rd week of sales.	
 
24

Table of Contents
The following discussion on comparable store sales has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2012 revenues on a 52 week basis to fiscal 2011 revenues. Comparable stores revenue increased by $15,254, or 3.0%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. We have estimated the comparable stores revenues during the 53 rd  week of fiscal 2012 to be $8,987. Comparable store walk-in revenues, which accounted for 87.4% of consolidated comparable stores revenue for fiscal 2012, increased $14,433, or 3.2%, compared to fiscal 2011. The special events component of our comparable store sales for fiscal 2012, increased by $821, or 1.2%, compared to fiscal 2011.
Comparable store amusements and other revenues increased by $13,390, or 5.2%, to $269,203 in fiscal 2012 from $255,813 in fiscal 2011. The growth was lead by amusement sales, which increased primarily due to strategic investments in new games, up-sell initiatives and television advertising promoting the new games. Such investments and initiatives were designed to increase the appeal and consumption of our amusement offerings. Beverage sales at comparable stores increased by $2,700, or 3.4%, to $81,360 in fiscal 2012 from $78,660 in fiscal 2011. Food sales at comparable store decreased $836, or 0.5%, to $181,171 in fiscal 2012 from $182,007 in fiscal 2011.
Non-comparable store revenues increased by a total of $42,220. Non-comparable store revenues includes the revenues associated with our last seven store openings and the pre-closure revenues of our store located in Dallas, Texas, which closed on December 17, 2012. Revenues from our four fiscal 2012 store openings totaled $16,975, but were partially offset by the loss of revenues from the store closure mentioned above of $639.
Our revenue mix was 33.9% for food, 15.2% for beverage and 50.9% for amusement and other for fiscal 2012. This compares to 35.1%, 15.2% and 49.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2011.
Cost of products
The total cost of products was $119,117 for fiscal 2012 and $107,168 for fiscal 2011. The total cost of products as a percentage of total revenues was 19.6% and 19.8% for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively.
Cost of food and beverage revenues increased to $73,019 for fiscal 2012 compared to $65,751 for fiscal 2011. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percent of food and beverage revenues, increased 40 basis points to 24.5% of revenues for fiscal 2012 compared to 24.1% of revenues for fiscal 2011. Increased cost pressure in our meat, grocery and most beverage categories was partially offset by reduced poultry and produce costs.
Cost of amusement and other revenues increased to $46,098 in fiscal 2012 compared to $41,417 in fiscal 2011. The costs of amusement and other, as a percentage of amusement and other revenues, decreased by 50 basis points to 14.9% of revenues in fiscal 2012 compared to 15.4% of revenues in fiscal 2011. This decrease is due primarily to less discounting of our amusement offerings in fiscal 2012.
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits increased by $14,696 to $145,571 in fiscal 2012 compared to $130,875 in fiscal 2011. The total cost of operating payroll and benefits, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased 30 basis points to 23.9% of revenues for fiscal 2012 from 24.2% of revenues for fiscal 2011. This decrease in the percentage of revenues was primarily driven by a continued focus on labor scheduling, efficiency improvement and favorable sales leverage in 2012. Partially offsetting this favorable trend in fiscal 2012 were higher benefit costs, due in part, to unfavorable health insurance claims experience as compared to fiscal 2011, and higher incentive compensation expense related to our store management team.
 
25

Table of Contents
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses increased by $16,799 or 9.5%, to $192,792 in fiscal 2012 compared to $175,993 in fiscal 2011, driven primarily by additional occupancy expenses as a result of new store openings, increased marketing activity, unfavorable claims experience in workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, and the impact of the 53 rd  week in 2012. Additionally, during fiscal 2011, other store operating expenses were reduced by the recognition of business interruption recoveries and gains from property related recoveries of $4,170 related to the Nashville store reopened in November 2011. The other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased by 80 basis points to 31.7% of revenues for fiscal 2012 from 32.5% of revenues for fiscal 2011. Other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, were lower primarily as a result of the leveraging impact of higher store sales and favorable trends in utility costs, partially offset by higher losses on fixed asset disposals as a result of strategic investments in new games and the remodel of nine of our existing stores.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses increased by $5,460, or 15.6%, to $40,356 in fiscal 2012 compared to $34,896 in fiscal 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by the recognition of approximately $2,940 of cost related to the withdrawn initial public offering of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes. The increase in general and administrative expenses was also driven by increased incentive compensation and salary expense at our corporate headquarters and the impact of the 53 rd  week in 2012, partially offset by decreases in consulting and professional fees.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $9,180, or 16.9%, to $63,457 for fiscal 2012 compared to $54,277 for fiscal 2011. This increase is primarily a result of higher depreciation associated with new store openings, major remodeling projects at nine of our stores and maintenance capital expenditures. Additionally, we estimate the impact of the 53 rd  week to be an increase to depreciation expense of $1,447. These increases were partially offset by the absence of depreciation related to assets located in our Dallas, Texas location that were suspended due to the closure of our store and subsequent sale of the assets during fiscal 2011.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores including pre-opening rent, staff-training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs decreased by $1,126 to $3,060 in fiscal 2012 compared to $4,186 for fiscal 2011 due to the timing and size of new store openings. During fiscal 2012, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with the openings of our two small store formats located in Orland Park, Illinois and Boise, Idaho and our one large store format, which opened in Dallas, Texas. During fiscal 2011, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with the openings our two large store formats located in Orlando, Florida and Braintree (Boston), Massachusetts. Additionally during fiscal 2011, we incurred substantially all the pre-opening costs related to our small store format located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, which opened in early fiscal 2012.
 
26

Table of Contents
Interest expense
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees, and original issue discounts, and any interest income earned. Interest expense increased by $559, or 1.7%, to $33,075 for fiscal 2012 compared to $32,516 for fiscal 2011, driven primarily by the impact of the 53 rd  week, which we estimate to be $633 and decreased capitalized interest associated with our fiscal 2012 construction as compared to our fiscal 2011 construction. Partially offsetting these increases are debt costs recognized in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 related to an amendment to the Company’s senior secured credit facility, dated May 13, 2011 (the “Amendment”), as more fully discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes consisted of an aggregate income tax benefit of $7,358 for fiscal 2012 and an income tax provision of $679 for fiscal 2011. Our effective tax rate differs from statutory rates due to the deduction of FICA tip credits, state income taxes, and the impact of the change in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, at February 3, 2013 we considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of recent historical taxable income; consistent generation of annual taxable income, and estimations of future taxable income we have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize the federal tax benefits associated with our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets for federal taxes by $6,661. We assessed the realizability of the deferred tax assets associated with state taxes, foreign taxes and uncertain tax positions and have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize a portion of these benefits. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for state taxes and uncertain tax positions by $3,429. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible.
We follow accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of February 3, 2013, we have accrued approximately $471 of unrecognized tax benefits and approximately $290 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2012, we decreased our unrecognized tax benefit by $469 and decreased our accrual for interest and penalties by $819 based upon lapsing of time and settlement with taxing jurisdictions. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $412 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to 2008.
The Company is a member of a consolidated group that includes D&B Entertainment. As of February 3, 2013, the Company owes D&B Entertainment approximately $2,892 of tax related balances. The Company expects to utilize stand-alone net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,957 and tax credits of approximately $8,429 to offset stand-alone taxable income for the fiscal year 2012 tax returns.
 
27

Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected data in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (unless otherwise noted) for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations included in this Report. The following table presents the results of operations for fiscal year 2011 and fiscal year 2010:

 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 29,
2012	 	 	244 Day
Period  from
June 1, 2010
to January 30,
2011	 	 	120 Day Period  from
February 1,
2010 to
May 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 30,
2011	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 30,
2011	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Combined)
(Non-GAAP)	 	 	(Pro forma) (1)	 	
Food and beverage revenues	 	$	272,606	  	 	 	50.3	%	 	$	177,044	  	 	 	51.5	%	 	$	90,470	  	 	 	50.8	%	 	$	267,514	  	 	 	51.3	%	 	$	267,514	  	 	 	51.3	%	
Amusement and other revenues	 	 	268,939	  	 	 	49.7	  	 	 	166,489	  	 	 	48.5	  	 	 	87,536	  	 	 	49.2	  	 	 	254,025	  	 	 	48.7	  	 	 	254,025	  	 	 	48.7	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	541,545	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	343,533	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	178,006	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	521,539	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	521,539	  	 	 	100.0	  	
Cost of food and beverage (as a percentage of food and beverage revenues)	 	 	65,751	  	 	 	24.1	  	 	 	41,890	  	 	 	23.7	  	 	 	21,817	  	 	 	24.1	  	 	 	63,707	  	 	 	23.8	  	 	 	63,707	  	 	 	23.8	  	
Cost of amusement and other (as a percentage of amusement and other revenues)	 	 	41,417	  	 	 	15.4	  	 	 	26,832	  	 	 	16.1	  	 	 	13,442	  	 	 	15.4	  	 	 	40,274	  	 	 	15.9	  	 	 	40,274	  	 	 	15.9	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	 	 	107,168	  	 	 	19.8	  	 	 	68,722	  	 	 	20.0	  	 	 	35,259	  	 	 	19.8	  	 	 	103,981	  	 	 	19.9	  	 	 	103,981	  	 	 	19.9	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	 	 	130,875	  	 	 	24.2	  	 	 	85,271	  	 	 	24.8	  	 	 	43,969	  	 	 	24.7	  	 	 	129,240	  	 	 	24.8	  	 	 	129,240	  	 	 	24.8	  	
Other store operating expenses	 	 	175,993	  	 	 	32.5	  	 	 	111,456	  	 	 	32.5	  	 	 	59,802	  	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	171,258	  	 	 	32.9	  	 	 	171,929	  	 	 	33.0	  	
General and administrative expenses (2)	 	 	34,896	  	 	 	6.4	  	 	 	25,670	  	 	 	7.5	  	 	 	17,064	  	 	 	9.6	  	 	 	42,734	  	 	 	8.2	  	 	 	32,787	  	 	 	6.3	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	54,277	  	 	 	10.0	  	 	 	33,794	  	 	 	9.8	  	 	 	16,224	  	 	 	9.1	  	 	 	50,018	  	 	 	9.6	  	 	 	51,043	  	 	 	9.8	  	
Pre-opening costs	 	 	4,186	  	 	 	0.8	  	 	 	842	  	 	 	0.2	  	 	 	1,447	  	 	 	0.8	  	 	 	2,289	  	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	2,289	  	 	 	0.4	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	 	 	507,395	  	 	 	93.7	  	 	 	325,755	  	 	 	94.8	  	 	 	173,765	  	 	 	97.6	  	 	 	499,520	  	 	 	95.8	  	 	 	491,269	  	 	 	94.2	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	34,150	  	 	 	6.3	  	 	 	17,778	  	 	 	5.2	  	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	2.4	  	 	 	22,019	  	 	 	4.2	  	 	 	30,270	  	 	 	5.8	  	
Interest expense, net	 	 	32,516	  	 	 	6.0	  	 	 	25,486	  	 	 	7.4	  	 	 	6,976	  	 	 	3.9	  	 	 	32,462	  	 	 	6.2	  	 	 	33,202	  	 	 	6.4	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	 	1,634	  	 	 	0.3	  	 	 	(7,708	)	 	 	(2.2	)	 	 	(2,735	)	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	(10,443	)	 	 	(2.0	)	 	 	(2,932	)	 	 	(0.6	)	
Income tax provision (benefit)	 	 	679	  	 	 	0.1	  	 	 	(2,551	)	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	(597	)	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	(3,148	)	 	 	(0.6	)	 	 	(884	)	 	 	(0.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	955	  	 	 	0.2	%	 	$	(5,157	)	 	 	(1.5	)%	 	$	(2,138	)	 	 	(1.2	)%	 	$	(7,295	)	 	 	(1.4	)%	 	$	(2,048	)	 	 	(0.4	)%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	73,247	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	25,240	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	11,295	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	36,535	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities	 	 	(71,502	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	(103,244	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	(12,975	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	(116,219	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities	 	 	(2,468	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	97,534	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(125	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	97,409	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in comparable store sales (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1.9	)%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores open at end of period (4)	 	 	 	 	 	 	58	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	57	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comparable stores open at end of period (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	52	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	48	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	The supplemental unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, gives effect to the Acquisition and related transactions as if such transactions took place on February 1, 2010. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Acquisition had actually occurred on that date, nor the results that may be obtained in the future. Pro forma amounts reflect additional expenses incurred had the Acquisition occurred at the time as indicated above, and consist primarily of interest, depreciation and amortization, and income tax expense. Additionally, pro forma amounts exclude certain transaction related expenses and the associated income tax benefits. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations was prepared in accordance with Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC.	
(2)	General and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 includes $4,638 and $4,280 of transaction costs in the Successor and Predecessor periods, respectively. The Predecessor period also includes $1,378 acceleration of stock-based compensation charges related to the Predecessor’s stock option plan.	
(3)	“Comparable store sales” (year-over-year comparison of stores open at the end of the period which have been opened for at least 18 months as of the beginning of each of the fiscal years) is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends.	
(4)	Included in our store count as of January 30, 2011, is one store in Dallas, Texas, which was permanently closed on May 2, 2011, and one store in Nashville, Tennessee which temporarily closed from May 2, 2010 to November 28, 2011 due to flooding. Store count excludes one franchise store in Canada. Our new store openings during the fiscal years 2011 and 2010 were as follows:	

Fiscal Year Ended
January 29, 2012	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2011	
Location	 	Opening Date	 	Location	 	Opening Date	
Orlando, FL	 	07/18/2011	 	Wauwatosa, WI (Milwaukee)	 	03/01/2010	
Braintree, MA (Boston)	 	12/07/2011	 	Roseville, CA (Sacramento)	 	05/03/2010	
 
28

Table of Contents
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
Revenues
Total revenues were $541,545 for fiscal 2011, $343,533 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $178,006 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). The fiscal 2011 revenue mix was 50.3% food and beverage and 49.7% amusement and other. Revenue mix for the Successor period of fiscal 2010 was 51.5% food and beverage and 48.5% amusement and other, while during the Predecessor period of fiscal 2010 the mix was 50.8% food and beverage and 49.2% amusement and other. The following discussion of revenues has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Total revenues increased $20,006, or 3.8%, to $541,545 in fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma revenues of $521,539 in fiscal 2010.
The net increase in revenues were derived from the following sources:

Comparable stores	  	$	10,801	  	
Non comparable stores-operating	  	 	12,025	  	
Non comparable stores- closure of store in Dallas, Texas	  	 	(2,404	) 	
Other	  	 	(416	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	20,006	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Comparable stores revenue increased by $10,801, or 2.2%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Comparable store special events revenues, which accounted for 12.9% of consolidated comparable stores revenue for fiscal 2011, increased $4,128, or 6.7%, compared to fiscal 2010. The walk-in component of our comparable store sales for fiscal 2011, increased by $6,673, or 1.5%, compared to fiscal 2010.
Sales grew in each component of our business, but the growth was led by amusements revenue. Comparable store amusements and other revenues increased by $9,664, or 4.0%, to $251,901 in fiscal 2011 from $242,237 in fiscal 2010. The growth in amusement sales was sparked primarily by local marketing efforts, improved server salesmanship, and strategic game purchases designed to increase the appeal and consumption of our amusement offerings.
Food sales at comparable stores increased by $1,026, or 0.6%, to $178,626 in fiscal 2011 from $177,600 in fiscal 2010. Beverage sales at comparable stores increased by $111, or 0.1%, to $77,494 in fiscal 2011 from $77,383 in fiscal 2010.
Non-comparable store revenues increased by a total of $9,621. Non-comparable store revenues includes the revenues associated with our last five store openings and the pre-closure revenues of our store located in Dallas, Texas, which closed on May 2, 2011. Revenues from our two fiscal 2011 store openings totaled $14,181, but were partially offset by the loss of revenues from the store closure mentioned above of $2,404.
Our revenue mix was 35.1% for food, 15.2% for beverage and 49.7% for amusement and other for fiscal 2011. This compares to 35.7%, 15.6% and 48.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2010.
Cost of products
The total cost of products was $107,168 for fiscal 2011, $68,722 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $35,259 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). The total cost of products as a percentage of total revenues was 19.8%, 20.0%, and 19.8% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. The following discussion of the cost of products has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Cost of food and beverage revenues increased to $65,751 for fiscal 2011, compared to the pro forma cost of food and beverage of $63,707 for fiscal 2010. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percent of food and beverage revenues, increased 30 basis points to 24.1% of revenues for fiscal 2011 compared to 23.8% of revenues for fiscal 2010. Increased cost pressure in most of our food categories was partially offset by reduced beverage product costs.
Cost of amusement and other revenues increased to $41,417 in fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma cost of amusement and other of $40,274 in fiscal 2010. The costs of amusement and other, as a percentage of amusement and other revenues, decreased as a percentage of amusement and other revenues, by 50 basis points to 15.4% of revenues in fiscal 2011 compared to 15.9% of revenues in fiscal 2010. This decrease is due primarily to lower costs of certain redemption items as a result of strategic sourcing initiatives, increases in the ticket redemption prices at our Winner’s Circle, and select game price increases.
 
29

Table of Contents
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits were $130,875 for fiscal 2011, $85,271 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $43,969 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of total revenues was 24.2%, 24.8% and 24.7% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. The decrease in percentage of revenues in fiscal 2011 compared to both the Successor and Predecessor periods of fiscal 2010 percentage of revenues was driven primarily by a continued focus on labor scheduling, efficiency improvement and favorable sales leverage in 2011. The following discussion of operating payroll and benefits has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Operating payroll and benefits increased by $1,635, or 1.3%, to $130,875 in fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma operating payroll and benefits of $129,240 in fiscal 2010. The total cost of operating payroll and benefits, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased 60 basis points to 24.2% of revenues for fiscal 2011 from 24.8% of revenues for fiscal 2010. This decrease in the percentage of revenues was primarily driven by the initiatives described above. In addition, benefit costs were lower in fiscal 2011, due, in part, to favorable health insurance claims experience.
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses were $175,993 for fiscal 2011, $111,456 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $59,802 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Other store operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 32.5%, 32.5% and 33.6% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Other store operating expenses in fiscal 2011 were reduced by the recognition of business interruption recoveries and gains from property related recoveries of $4,170 related to the Nashville store reopened in November 2011. Additionally, other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, were favorably impacted during fiscal 2011 by lower estimated general liability and workers’ compensation claims related expenses. These expense reductions for fiscal 2011 were partially offset by the recognition of $200 in casualty losses and $300 impairment and closure charges related to a store located in Dallas, Texas, which closed on May 2, 2011, as well as an increase in occupancy expenses driven by new stores and an increase in promotional and marketing activity. Other store operating expenses in the Successor period of fiscal 2010 were favorably impacted by the recognition of $6,316 business interruption recoveries and gains from property related reimbursements stemming from the May 2010 closure of our Nashville location due to flooding. This favorable variance was partially offset by an increase in occupancy expenses driven by recognizing our leasehold rents at fair market value as required in purchase accounting. The following discussion of other store operating expenses has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Other store operating expenses increased by $4,064, or 2.4%, to $175,993 in fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma other store operating expenses of $171,929 in fiscal 2010. The other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased by 50 basis points to 32.5% of revenues for fiscal 2011 from 33.0% of revenues for fiscal 2010. This decrease in other store operating expenses, as a percentage of revenues, was primarily driven by the factors described above.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses were $34,896 for fiscal 2011, $25,670 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $17,064 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 6.4%, 7.5%, and 9.6% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Higher general and administrative costs as a percentage of sales for both the Successor and Predecessor periods of fiscal 2010 includes professional fees incurred as a result of the Acquisition of $4,638 and $4,280, respectively. The Predecessor period of fiscal 2010 also includes $1,378 acceleration of stock-based compensation charges related to the Predecessor’s stock option plan. The following discussion of general and administrative expenses has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
General and administrative expenses increased by $2,109, or 6.4%, to $34,896 for fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma general and administrative expenses of $32,787 for fiscal 2010. The general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, increased 10 basis points to 6.4% of revenues for fiscal 2011 from 6.3% of revenues for fiscal 2010. The increase is due to increased professional and consulting fees and development costs associated with the abandonment of potential future sites.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expenses were $54,277 for fiscal 2011, $33,794 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $16,224 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total revenues were 10.0%, 9.8% and 9.1% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Increase in depreciation expense as a percentage of total revenues in both Successor periods was driven by higher depreciation associated with the net increases in the fair value and changes in estimated useful lives of certain assets as a result of the Acquisition. New store openings also contributed to the increase in fiscal 2011 depreciation expense as a percentage of total revenues. The following discussion of depreciation and amortization expense has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
 
30

Table of Contents
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $3,234, or 6.3%, to $54,277 for fiscal 2011, compared to the pro forma depreciation and amortization expense of $51,043 for fiscal 2010. This increase is primarily a result of higher depreciation associated with new store openings and maintenance capital expenditures, partially offset by the absence of depreciation related to assets located in our Dallas, Texas, location that were suspended due to the closure of our store and subsequent sale of the assets.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs were $4,186 for fiscal 2011, $842 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $1,447 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Pre-opening costs as a percentage of total revenues were 0.8%, 0.2%, and 0.8% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Pre-opening costs as a percentage of total revenues is dependent on the timing of a store opening and store size format. The following discussion of pre-opening costs has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores, including pre-opening rent, staff-training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs increased by $1,897 to $4,186 in fiscal 2011, compared to the pro forma pre-opening costs of $2,289 for fiscal 2010 due to the timing of new store openings. During fiscal 2011, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with our store in Orlando, Florida, which opened for business on July 18, 2011, and our store in Braintree (Boston), Massachusetts, which opened for business on December 7, 2011. We also incurred expenses relating to our site in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, which subsequently opened on January 30, 2012. During fiscal 2010, our pre-opening costs were primarily attributable to two new stores in Wauwatosa (Milwaukee), Wisconsin and Roseville (Sacramento), California, which opened for business on March 1, 2010, and May 3, 2010, respectively, and costs associated with the future site in Orlando, Florida.
Interest expense
Total net interest expense was $32,516 for fiscal 2011, $25,486 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $6,976 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). Net interest expense as a percentage of total revenues was 6.0%, 7.4%, and 3.9% for fiscal 2011, the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. The increase in interest expense as a percentage of total revenues in the two Successor periods is driven primarily by increased debt levels as a result of the Acquisition and higher debt cost amortization resulting from the new debt structure. The negative impact of higher debt levels on the two Successor periods interest expense was partially offset by favorable rate variances on the new debt. The Predecessor period was negatively impacted by $3,000 in fees associated with a temporary bridge financing agreement, partially offset by the derecognition of $800 in previously recognized interest expense related to the termination of our pre-acquisition swap agreement. The following discussion of net interest expense has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees, adjustments to mark the interest rate swap agreements to fair value (for the Predecessor period only) and any interest income earned. Interest expense decreased by $686, or 2.1%, to $32,516 for fiscal 2011 compared to the pro forma net interest expense of $33,202 for fiscal 2010.
Provision for income taxes
We had income tax expense of $679 for fiscal 2011, an income tax benefit of $2,551 for the 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and we had an income tax benefit of $597 for the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor). The following discussion of income taxes has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2011 to the fiscal 2010 unaudited pro forma results of operations.
Provision for income taxes consisted of an aggregate income tax provision of $679 for fiscal 2011 and a pro forma tax benefit of $884 for fiscal 2010. Our effective tax rate differs from statutory rates due to the deduction of FICA tip credits, state income taxes, and the impact of certain expenses, such as a portion of the transaction costs, that are not deductible for income tax purposes.
As a result of our experiencing cumulative losses before income taxes for the three-year period ended January 29, 2012, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that a portion of our federal and state deferred tax assets will not be fully realized. An increase in our valuation allowance for the year ending January 29, 2012 in the amount of $863 was made. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible. The change in the allowance is considered in the effective rate utilized to estimate interim income tax expense or benefit.
We follow accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of January 29, 2012, we have accrued approximately $940 of unrecognized tax benefits and approximately $1,109 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2011, we increased our unrecognized tax benefit by $59 and increased our accrual for interest and penalties by $166. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $940 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
 
31

Table of Contents
Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and operating data in each fiscal quarter during fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011. The unaudited quarterly information includes all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report.

 	 	Fiscal 2012 – Period Ended	 	 	Fiscal 2011 – Period Ended	 	
 	 	Feb 3,
2013 (1)	 	 	Oct 28,
2012	 	 	July 29,
2012	 	 	Apr 29,
2012	 	 	Jan 29,
2012	 	 	Oct 30,
2011	 	 	July 31,
2011	 	 	May 1,
2011	 	
Food and beverage revenues	 	$	84,687	  	 	$	63,159	  	 	$	71,431	  	 	$	79,144	  	 	$	74,900	  	 	$	59,567	  	 	$	63,877	  	 	$	74,262	  	
Amusement and other revenues	 	 	80,899	  	 	 	67,907	  	 	 	76,510	  	 	 	84,330	  	 	 	69,056	  	 	 	60,755	  	 	 	64,787	  	 	 	74,341	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	165,586	  	 	 	131,066	  	 	 	147,941	  	 	 	163,474	  	 	 	143,956	  	 	 	120,322	  	 	 	128,664	  	 	 	148,603	  	
Cost of food and beverage	 	 	20,573	  	 	 	15,716	  	 	 	17,523	  	 	 	19,207	  	 	 	17,710	  	 	 	14,649	  	 	 	15,440	  	 	 	17,952	  	
Cost of amusement and other	 	 	11,981	  	 	 	10,505	  	 	 	11,865	  	 	 	11,747	  	 	 	11,333	  	 	 	9,432	  	 	 	10,305	  	 	 	10,347	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs of products	 	 	32,554	  	 	 	26,221	  	 	 	29,388	  	 	 	30,954	  	 	 	29,043	  	 	 	24,081	  	 	 	25,745	  	 	 	28,299	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	 	 	39,867	  	 	 	33,735	  	 	 	35,359	  	 	 	36,610	  	 	 	35,045	  	 	 	30,552	  	 	 	31,012	  	 	 	34,266	  	
Other store operating expenses	 	 	48,919	  	 	 	44,595	  	 	 	50,397	  	 	 	48,881	  	 	 	42,939	  	 	 	42,719	  	 	 	45,230	  	 	 	45,105	  	
General and administrative expense	 	 	10,257	  	 	 	12,242	  	 	 	8,840	  	 	 	9,017	  	 	 	9,192	  	 	 	8,279	  	 	 	8,614	  	 	 	8,811	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	17,884	  	 	 	15,746	  	 	 	15,032	  	 	 	14,795	  	 	 	14,404	  	 	 	13,578	  	 	 	13,225	  	 	 	13,070	  	
Pre-opening costs	 	 	1,262	  	 	 	1,089	  	 	 	559	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	1,428	  	 	 	587	  	 	 	1,431	  	 	 	740	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	 	 	150,743	  	 	 	133,628	  	 	 	139,575	  	 	 	140,407	  	 	 	132,051	  	 	 	119,796	  	 	 	125,257	  	 	 	130,291	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	 	14,843	  	 	 	(2,562	) 	 	 	8,366	  	 	 	23,067	  	 	 	11,905	  	 	 	526	  	 	 	3,407	  	 	 	18,312	  	
Interest expense, net	 	 	8,703	  	 	 	7,979	  	 	 	8,051	  	 	 	8,342	  	 	 	7,963	  	 	 	8,097	  	 	 	8,213	  	 	 	8,243	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	 	6,140	  	 	 	(10,541	) 	 	 	315	  	 	 	14,725	  	 	 	3,942	  	 	 	(7,571	) 	 	 	(4,806	) 	 	 	10,069	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	 	 	(1,807	) 	 	 	(8,920	) 	 	 	(372	) 	 	 	3,741	  	 	 	2,140	  	 	 	(3,124	) 	 	 	(1,688	) 	 	 	3,351	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	7,947	  	 	$	(1,621	) 	 	$	687	  	 	$	10,984	  	 	$	1,802	  	 	$	(4,447	) 	 	$	(3,118	) 	 	$	6,718	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Company owned stores open at end of period (2)	 	 	61	  	 	 	60	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	58	  	 	 	57	  	 	 	57	  	 	 	57	  	
Quarterly total revenues as a percentage of annual total revenues	 	 	27.2	%	 	 	21.6	%	 	 	24.3	%	 	 	26.9	%	 	 	26.6	%	 	 	22.2	%	 	 	23.8	%	 	 	27.4	%	
Change in comparable store sales	 	 	3.7	%	 	 	3.9	%	 	 	5.4	%	 	 	(0.3	)%	 	 	0.8	%	 	 	(0.9	)%	 	 	1.9	%	 	 	6.2	%	
 
(1)	We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 consists of 53 weeks. As such, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 consisted of 14 weeks.	
(2)	The number of stores open excludes one franchised store in Canada. Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed from May 2, 2010 to November 28, 2011, due to flooding is included in our store count for all periods. Our store count has been adjusted downward for the two store closures in Dallas, Texas, one in fiscal 2011 and one in fiscal 2012.	
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
We finance our activities through cash flow from operations, our senior notes, and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. As of February 3, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $36,117, net working capital deficit of $1,065 and outstanding debt obligations of $345,875 ($345,079 net of discount). We also had $45,673 in borrowing availability under our senior secured credit facility, which includes $1,000 in borrowing availability under our Canadian revolving credit facility.
 
32

Table of Contents
We currently have, and anticipate that in the future we will have, negative working capital balances. We are able to operate with a working capital deficit because cash from sales is usually received before related liabilities for product, supplies, labor and services become due. Funds available from sales not needed immediately to pay for operating expenses have typically been used for noncurrent capital expenditures and payment of long-term debt obligations under our senior secured credit facility and senior notes.
Short-term liquidity requirements. We generally consider our short-term liquidity requirements to consist of those items that are expected to be incurred within the next twelve months and believe those requirements to consist primarily of funds necessary to pay operating expenses, interest and principal payments on our debt, capital expenditures related to the new store construction and other expenditures associated with acquiring new games, remodeling facilities and recurring replacement of equipment and improvements.
As of February 3, 2013, we expect our short-term liquidity requirements to include (a) up to $105,000 of capital expenditures (net of cash contributions from landlords), (b) $31,961 of debt service payments, including $1,500 in principal payments and $30,461 in interest and (c) lease obligation payments of $52,107.
Long-term liquidity requirements. We generally consider our long-term liquidity requirements to consist of those items that are expected to be incurred beyond the next twelve months and believe these requirements consist primarily of funds necessary for new store development and construction, replacement of games and equipment, performance necessary renovations and other non-recurring capital expenditures that need to be made periodically to our stores and payments of scheduled debt obligations. We intend to satisfy our long-term liquidity requirements through various sources of capital, including our existing cash on hand, cash provided by operations, and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility.
We believe that the sources of capital described above will continue to be available to us in the future and will be sufficient to meet our long-term liquidity requirements.
Based on our current business plan, we believe the cash flows from operations, together with our existing cash balances and borrowings under the senior secured credit facility described below, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service needs for the foreseeable future. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures, will depend on future performance, which is subject to the general economic conditions, competitive environment and other factors as described in the “Risk Factors” section.
Indebtedness
Senior secured credit facility. Our senior secured credit facility provides (a) a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2016 and (b) a $50,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2015. The $50,000 revolving credit facility includes (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility and (iii) a $1,000 (in US Dollar equivalent) sub facility available in Canadian dollars to the Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide financing for general purposes. The senior secured credit facility is secured by the Company’s assets and is unconditionally guaranteed by each of our direct and indirect, existing and future domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and by certain specified guarantors with respect to the obligations of the Canadian subsidiary. As of February 3, 2013, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $145,875 ($145,079, net of discount) under the term facility and $4,327 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions.
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under our senior secured credit facility are set periodically based on, at our option, either (1) the greatest of (a) the defined prime rate in effect, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect plus 1 / 2 of 1% and (c) a Eurodollar rate which is subject to a minimum (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian prime rate or Canadian cost of funds rate), for one-, two-, three- or six-months (or, if agreed by the applicable lenders, nine or twelve months) or, in relation to the Canadian revolving credit facility, 30-, 60-, 90- or 180-day interest periods chosen by us or our Canadian subsidiary, as applicable in each case (the “Base Rate”), plus an applicable margin or (2) a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin. The effective rate of interest on borrowings under our senior secured credit facility was 5.9% for fiscal year 2012.
Interest rates on borrowings under our senior secured credit facility will vary based on the movement of prescribed indexes and/or applicable margin percentages. On the last day of each calendar quarter, we will be required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facilities (with swingline loans not deemed, for these purposes, to be a utilization of the revolving credit facility). Our senior secured credit facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loan near the end of each of the fiscal quarters in aggregate annual amounts equal to a percentage of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan with the balance payable on the maturity date.
 
33

Table of Contents
Funds managed by Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (the “OHA Funds”) comprise one of twenty-two creditors participating in the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. As of February 3, 2013, the OHA Funds held approximately 9.43%, or $13,753, of our total term loan obligation. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. is an independent investment firm that is not an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Partners and is not under common control with Oak Hill Capital Partners. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC co-manage Oak Hill Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a private fund. Certain employees of Oak Hill Capital Partners, in their individual capacities, have passive investments in Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and/or the funds it manages.
Senior notes. Our senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes. Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40.0% of the original principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As of February 3, 2013, our $200,000 of senior notes had an approximate fair value of $226,000 based on quoted market price.
Covenants. On May 13, 2011, the Company executed the Amendment. The Amendment reduced the applicable term loan margins and LIBOR floor used in setting interest rates, as well as limited the Company’s requirement to meet the covenant ratios, as stipulated in the Amendment, until such time as we make a draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12,000. As of February 3, 2013, we have had no draws on our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit have not exceeded $12,000, and as such we were not required to maintain financial ratios under our senior secured credit facility.
The senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the senior secured credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of February 3, 2013.
Our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, will limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, make loans or advances to subsidiaries and other entities, make initial capital expenditures in relation to new stores, declare dividends, acquire other businesses or sell assets. In addition, under our senior secured credit facility, we will be required to meet certain financial covenants, ratios and tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. The indenture under which the senior notes have been issued also contain similar covenants and events of defaults.
Other Information. On February 22, 2011, D&B Entertainment issued principal amount $180,790 of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes. The notes will mature on February 15, 2016. No cash interest will be paid on the notes prior to maturity. D&B Entertainment received net proceeds of $100,000, which it used to pay debt issuance costs and repurchase a portion of its common stock from its stockholders. D&B Entertainment did not retain any proceeds from the note issuance. D&B Entertainment is the sole obligor of the notes. Neither D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster’s, nor any of their subsidiaries are guarantors of these notes. However, neither D&B Holdings nor D&B Entertainment have any material assets or operations separate from Dave & Buster’s.
Historical Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities:

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended
February 3, 2013	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 29, 2012	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 30, 2011	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Combined)
(non-GAAP)	 	
Net cash provided by (used in):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating activities	  	$	82,796	  	 	$	73,247	  	 	 	  	$	36,535	  	
Investing activities	  	 	(78,488	) 	 	 	(71,502	) 	 	 	  	 	(116,219	) 	
Financing activities	  	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(2,468	) 	 	 	  	 	97,409	  	
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Net cash provided by operating activities was $82,796 for fiscal 2012 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $73,247 for fiscal 2011. Improved cash flows from operations were driven primarily by additional non-comparable store sales, growth in comparable store sales and additional sales related to the 53rd week in fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the improved operating cash flows were margin improvements over the comparable period in fiscal 2011.
 
34

Table of Contents
Net cash used in investing activities was $78,488 for fiscal 2012 compared to $71,502 for fiscal 2011. Net cash used in investing activities increased in fiscal 2012 due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures increased $5,743 to $78,689 in fiscal 2012 from $72,946 in fiscal 2011 primarily due to remodeling projects and game refresh initiatives, partially offset by decreased spending related to new store openings. During the 2012 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $32,795 ($21,913 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $15,962 related to the major remodel project on nine of its existing stores, $5,985 on operating improvement initiatives, $10,090 for game refreshment and $13,857 for maintenance capital. During the 2011 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $43,951 ($37,040 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $4,002 related to the major remodel project on one of its existing stores, $6,378 on operating improvement initiatives, $7,196 for game refreshment and $11,419 for maintenance capital. Capital expenditures related to new store openings decreased in fiscal 2012 due primarily to the timing and size of new construction. New store capital expenditures during fiscal 2012 related to construction of our Orland Park, Illinois store (small store format), which opened during the third quarter of fiscal 2012 and our Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho stores (one large and one small format store) which both opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. New store capital expenditures during fiscal 2011 related to construction of our Orlando, Florida store (large store format), which opened during the second quarter of fiscal 2011, our Braintree, Massachusetts and Nashville, Tennessee stores (both large format stores) which both opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 and our Oklahoma City, Oklahoma store (small format store) which opened during the first quarter of fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2011, the Company spent $1,000 to repurchase shares of D&B Entertainment owned by a former executive. The Company received insurance proceeds of $798 for reimbursement of certain leasehold improvements damaged in the flooding that occurred at our Nashville, Tennessee location which are included in investing activities for fiscal 2011.
Net cash used by financing activities was $1,875 for fiscal 2012 compared to $2,468 for fiscal 2011. The decrease in net cash used by financing activities is due to $968 of cost incurred during the second quarter of fiscal 2011 related to the Amendment executed on our senior secured credit facility. This decrease is partially offset by one additional required principal payment on our term loan facility made in fiscal 2012.
We plan on financing future growth through operating cash flows, debt facilities and tenant improvement allowances from landlords. We expect to spend between $114,000 and $124,000 ($95,000 to $105,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) in capital expenditures during fiscal 2013. The fiscal 2013 expenditures are expected to include approximately $88,000 to $98,000 ($69,000 to $79,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, including seven store remodels, $11,000 for game refreshment and $15,000 in maintenance capital. A portion of the 2013 new store expenditures is related to stores that will be under construction in 2013 but will not be open until 2014.
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
Net cash provided by operating activities was $73,247 for fiscal 2011 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $36,535 for fiscal 2010. Improved cash flows from operations were driven primarily by the absence of costs related to the Acquisition in fiscal 2011, improved store sales, and tax refunds received in the current year. During fiscal 2010, the Company had additional cash outlays of approximately $11,943 for transaction costs and $3,000 in additional interest charges related to the Acquisition.
Net cash used in investing activities was $71,502 for fiscal 2011 compared to $116,219 for fiscal 2010. Net cash used in investing activities decreased in fiscal 2011 due to the absence of Acquisition related activity in fiscal 2010, partially offset by increased capital expenditures in fiscal 2011. Net cash used for Acquisition related investing activities was $85,305 in fiscal 2010. Capital expenditures increased $37,713 to $72,946 in fiscal 2011 from $35,233 in fiscal 2010. During the 2011 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $54,331 ($47,420 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, $7,196 for game refreshment and $11,419 for maintenance capital. During fiscal 2010 the Company spent approximately $16,245 ($13,231 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, $7,238 for game refreshment and $11,750 for maintenance capital. Insurance proceeds of $4,808 were received for reimbursement of certain property and equipment damaged in the flooding that occurred at our Nashville, Tennessee location and are included in investing activities for fiscal 2010. See Note 3 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding this casualty loss.
Net cash used by financing activities was $2,468 for fiscal 2011 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $97,409 for fiscal 2010. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities is due to net cash received of $100,284 in fiscal 2010 as a result of debt related activities resulting from the Acquisition. The financing activities during fiscal 2011 include the required principal payments under our term loan facility totaling $1,500 as compared to a $2,000 revolver repayment and two required principal payments under our term loan facility of $750 made during fiscal 2010.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following tables set forth the contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of February 3, 2013:
Payment due by period

 	  	Total	 	  	1 Year
or Less	 	  	2-3 Years	 	  	4-5 Years	 	  	After 5
Years	 	
Senior secured credit facility (1)	  	$	145,875	  	  	$	1,500	  	  	$	3,000	  	  	$	141,375	  	  	$	—  	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	200,000	  	
Interest requirements (2)	  	 	148,558	  	  	 	30,461	  	  	 	60,420	  	  	 	46,677	  	  	 	11,000	  	
Operating leases (3)	  	 	460,267	  	  	 	52,107	  	  	 	101,719	  	  	 	95,218	  	  	 	211,223	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	954,700	  	  	$	84,068	  	  	$	165,139	  	  	$	283,270	  	  	$	422,223	  	

(1)	Our senior secured credit facility includes a $150,000 term loan facility and $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility. As of February 3, 2013, we had no borrowing under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $145,875 ($145,079 net of discount) under the term facility and $4,327 in letters of credit outstanding.	
(2)	The cash obligations for interest requirements consist of (1) interest requirements on our fixed rate debt obligations at their contractual rates and (2) interest requirements on variable rate debt obligations at rates in effect at February 3, 2013.	
(3)	Our operating leases generally provide for one or more renewal options. These renewal options allow us to extend the term of the lease for a specified time at an established annual lease payment. Future obligations related to lease renewal options that have not been exercised and payments based upon percent of sales are excluded from the table above.	

35

Table of Contents
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical accounting policies and estimates
The above discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and revenue and expenses. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 3, 2013. Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are most important to portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of judgments by management. Judgments or uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Accounting for business combinations. The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations, the purchase price paid in the Acquisition has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 has been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies.
Deferred tax assets . A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. As of February 3, 2013, we have recorded a valuation allowance against a portion of our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If our taxable income decreases in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining if an addition to the allowance would be required or the amount of valuation allowance no longer required.
Property and equipment . Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized and depreciated based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset. These costs are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimate of the depreciable life, resulting in a charge to the operating results. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We review our property and equipment annually, on a store-by-store basis to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that may indicate the carrying values of these long-lived assets are impaired. We compare store-level undiscounted operating cash flows (which excludes interest, general and administrative and other allocated expenses) to the carrying amount of property and equipment allocated to each store. If the expected future cash flows are less than the asset carrying amount (an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable), we may recognize an impairment loss. Any impairment loss recognized equals the amount by which the asset carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We recognized an impairment loss of $200 during fiscal 2011 on our store located in Dallas, Texas, which permanently closed on May 2, 2011. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal years 2012 or 2010.
Goodwill and intangible assets . In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, such as tradenames, are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. We perform step one of the impairment test in our fourth quarter unless circumstances require this analysis to be completed sooner. Step one of the impairment test is based upon a comparison of the carrying value of our net assets, including goodwill balances, to the fair value of our net assets. Fair value is measured using a combination of the guideline company method, internal transaction method, and the income approach. The guideline company method uses valuation multiples from selected publicly-traded companies that we believe are exposed to market forces that are similar to those faced by the Company. The internal transaction method uses valuation information derived from the Acquisition described in Note 2 as it represents an arm’s length transaction involving the Company. The income approach consists of utilizing the discounted cash flow method that incorporates our estimates of future revenues and costs, discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Key assumptions used in our testing include future store openings, revenue growth, operating expenses and discount rate. Estimates of revenue growth and operating expenses are based on internal projections considering our past performance and forecasted growth, market economics and the business environment impacting our Company’s performance. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors. These estimates are highly subjective judgments and can be significantly impacted by changes in the business or economic conditions. Our estimates used in the income approach are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage operations. We do evaluate all methods to ensure reasonably consistent results. Based on the completion of the step one test, we determined that goodwill was not impaired.
 
36

Table of Contents
The evaluation of the carrying amount of other intangible assets with indefinite lives is made at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the other intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
Insurance reserves . We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance and vehicle liability. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accruals for these liabilities, portions of which are calculated by third-party actuarial firms, could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.
Accounting for amusement operations . The majority of our amusement revenue is derived from customer purchases of game play credits which allow our guests to play the video and redemption games in our midways. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits, which we believe our guests will utilize in the future based on credits remaining on Power Cards, historic utilization patterns and revenue per game credit sold. Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by either redeeming the coupons for a prize in our Winner’s Circle or storing the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on tickets outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per ticket.
Income taxes . The Company is a member of a consolidated group that includes D&B Entertainment and we file consolidated returns with all our domestic subsidiaries. We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We have adopted accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of state tax regulations. As a result, we have established reserves for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax reserves are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax reserves are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for additional taxes, such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax reserves in the future, if or when such events occur.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a description of new accounting standards and their anticipated effects on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
37

Table of Contents
ITEM 7A.	  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
The following discussion of market risks contains forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the following discussion based on general conditions in the financial markets.
We are exposed to market risk from interest rate changes on our senior secured credit facility. This exposure relates to the variable component of the interest rate on our $200,000 senior secured credit facility. As of February 3, 2013, we had borrowings of $145,875 ($145,079, net of discount) under the term facility, which was indexed to three-month LIBOR. A hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate associated with our term facility would increase our interest expense by approximately $220. As of February 3, 2013 we had no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Therefore, we had no exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our revolving credit facility at year end fiscal 2012.
 
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are included as pages F-1 through F-25 in this Report.
 
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
 
38

Table of Contents
Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions involving and dispositions of our assets; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of the prevention or detection of misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In connection with the preparation of this Report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. In making this evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.
There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013.
 
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
Not applicable.
PART III
 
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
Directors and Executive Officers
Each of our directors and officers holds office until a successor is elected or until his earlier death, resignation, or removal. Pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement, the Oak Hill Funds have the right to designate all of the directors. In addition, the Oak Hill Funds have the right to remove any or all of the directors that they appoint.
We have not developed a specific policy regarding diversity. However, as part of its periodic self-assessment process, the Board of Directors determines the diversity of special skills and characteristics necessary for the optimal functioning of the Board of Directors in its oversight role over both the short-term and long-term periods.
We do not have any specific, minimum qualifications for service on the Board of Directors. All of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings, and all of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by D&B Entertainment. As the Oak Hill Funds control 95.4% of the common stock of D&B Entertainment, the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. However, we seek to have directors with sound business judgment and knowledge in his or her field of expertise. Identified and described below are additional key experiences, qualifications and skills that are important to our business and that are considered in the selection of directors. These factors may change from time to time.
 
 	•	Business experience. We believe that we benefit from having directors with a substantial degree of recent business experience.	
 
 	•	Leadership experience. We believe that directors with experience in significant leadership positions provide us with strategic insights. These directors generally possess a practical understanding of organizations, long-term strategy, risk management and the methods to drive change and growth, as well as the ability to identify and develop these qualities in others.	
 
 	•	Finance experience. An understanding of finance and financial reporting processes is an important characteristic for our directors. We use financial measures to evaluate our performance as well as our attainment of financial performance targets. In addition, the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee oversee the public disclosures required of us that include financial statements and related information.	
 
39

Table of Contents
 	•	Educational and Industry experience. We seek to have directors with relevant education, business expertise and experience as executives, directors, investors, or in other leadership positions in the restaurant and retail sectors.	
The Board of Directors believes that each of the directors listed below possess the necessary professional experience and qualifications to contribute to our success.
The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Report.

Name	  	Age	 	  	Position	
Stephen M. King	  	 	55	  	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	44	  	  	Senior Vice President of Entertainment and Game Strategy	
Dolf Berle	  	 	50	  	  	President and Chief Operating Officer	
Joe DeProspero	  	 	38	  	  	Vice President Finance	
Sean Gleason	  	 	48	  	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	51	  	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	48	  	  	Senior Vice President of Human Resources	
Michael J. Metzinger	  	 	56	  	  	Vice President—Accounting and Controller	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	52	  	  	Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Development	
J. Michael Plunkett	  	 	62	  	  	Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	55	  	  	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
Michael J. Griffith (1) (2)	  	 	56	  	  	Director	
Jonathan S. Halkyard (1) (2)	  	 	48	  	  	Director	
David A. Jones (3)	  	 	63	  	  	Director	
Alan J. Lacy (1)(2)(5)	  	 	59	  	  	Director	
Kevin M. Mailender (2)	  	 	35	  	  	Director	
Kevin M. Sheehan (4)	  	 	59	  	  	Director	
Tyler J. Wolfram (1)	  	 	46	  	  	Chairman of Board of Directors	
 
(1)	Member of the Compensation Committee	
(2)	Member of the Audit Committee	
(3)	Chair of the Compensation Committee	
(4)	Chair of the Audit Committee	
(5)	Lead Independent Director	
Set forth below is biographical information regarding our directors and executive officers:
Stephen M. King has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since September 2006. From March 2006 until September 2006, Mr. King served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From 1984 to 2006, he served in various capacities for Carlson Restaurants Worldwide Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Operating Officer and, most recently, as President and Chief Operating Officer of International. Mr. King brings substantial industry, financial and leadership experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin Bachus has served as our Senior Vice President of Entertainment and Games Strategy since November 2012. Previously, he served as Chief Product Officer of Bebo, Inc., an international social networking site, from September 2010 to November 2012, Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer of IMO Entertainment LLC, from May 2009 to August 2010, and Senior Vice President and Chief Architect of Virrata Games, Inc./PlayDay TV, from March 2008 to April 2009.
Dolf Berle has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2011. From August 2009 until January 2011, Mr. Berle served as Executive Vice President of Hospitality and Business and Sports Club Division Head for ClubCorp USA, Inc., the largest owner and operator of golf, country club and business clubs. Previously, Mr. Berle served as President of Lucky Strike Entertainment, an upscale chain of bowling alleys, from December 2006 to July 2009 and Chief Operating Officer of House of Blues Entertainment, Inc., a chain of live music venues, from April 2004 to December 2006.
Joe DeProspero has served as our Vice President of Finance since May 2010. Previously, he served as our Assistant Vice President of Finance from August 2006 to May 2010. Mr. DeProspero served as Director of Financial Analysis for Arby’s Restaurant Group, a company that owns and operates quick-serve sandwich restaurants, from 2005 to 2006 and for Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide, from 2001 to 2005.
Sean Gleason has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since August 2009. From June 2005 until October 2008, Mr. Gleason was the Senior Vice President of Marketing Communications at Cadbury Schweppes where he led initiatives for brands such as Dr Pepper, 7UP and Snapple. From May 1995 until May 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Vice President, Advertising/Media/Brand Identity) at Pizza Hut for Yum! Brands, the world’s largest restaurant company.
Brian A. Jenkins joined us as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2006. From 1996 until August 2006, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President—Finance) at Six Flags, Inc., an amusement park operator.
 
40

Table of Contents
Margo L. Manning has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 2010. Previously, she served as our Senior Vice President of Training and Special Events from September 2006 until November 2010, our Vice President of Training and Sales from June 2005 until September 2006 and as Vice President of Management Development from September 2001 until June 2005. From December 1999 until September 2001, she served as our Assistant Vice President of Team Development, and from 1991 until December 1999, she served in various positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Michael J. Metzinger has served as our Vice President—Accounting and Controller since January 2005. From 1986 until January 2005, Mr. Metzinger served in various capacities (most recently as Executive Director—Financial Reporting) at Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide.
John B. Mulleady has served as our Senior Vice President of Development since April 2012. Mr. Mulleady had been Senior Vice President, Director of Real Estate of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. a leading operator of warehouse clubs in the eastern United States, since June 2008. Previously, Mr. Mulleady served as Vice President of Real Estate at Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics retailer, from February 2006 to June 2008.
J. Michael Plunkett has served as our Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations since September 2006. Previously, he served as our Senior Vice President—Food, Beverage and Purchasing/Operations Strategy from June 2003 until June 2004 and from January 2006 until September 2006. Mr. Plunkett also served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Jillian’s from June 2004 to January 2006, as Vice President of Kitchen Operations from November 2000 until June 2003, as Vice President of Information Systems from November 1996 until November 2000 and as Vice President and Director of Training from November 1994 until November 1996. From 1982 until November 1994, he served in operating positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Jay L. Tobin has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2006. From 1988 to 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel) at Brinker International, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide.
Michael J. Griffith serves as Vice Chairman of Activision Blizzard, Inc., a worldwide online, personal computer, console, handheld, and mobile game publisher (“Activision Blizzard”). Mr. Griffith has served as Vice Chairman of Activision Blizzard since March 2010 and was President and Chief Executive Officer of Activision Publishing, Inc., prior to its merging with Blizzard Entertainment, Inc., from June 2005 to March 2010. Prior to joining Activision, Mr. Griffith served in a number of executive level positions at The Procter & Gamble Company from 1981 to 2005, including President of the Global Beverage Division from 2002 to 2005, Vice President and General Manager of Coffee Products from 1999 to 2002, and Vice President and General Manager of Fabric & Home Care—Japan and Korea and Fabric & Home Care Strategic Planning—Asia from 1997 to 1999. Mr. Griffith has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011.
Jonathan S. Halkyard has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NV Energy, Inc., a holding company providing energy services and products in Nevada, and its wholly-owned utility subsidiaries, Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company, since July 2012. Mr. Halkyard served as Executive Vice President of Caesars Entertainment Corporation (formerly known as Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.), one of the largest casino entertainment providers in the world (“Caesars”), from July 2005 until May 2012, and Chief Financial Officer from August 2006 until May 2012. Previously, Mr. Halkyard served Caesars as Treasurer from November 2003 through July 2010, Vice President from November 2002 to July 2005, Assistant General Manager-Harrah’s Las Vegas from May 2002 until November 2002 and Vice President and Assistant General Manager-Harrah’s Lake Tahoe from September 2001 to May 2002. Mr. Halkyard has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011.
David A. Jones has served as an operating consultant (with the title of Senior Advisor) to the Oak Hill Funds, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies, since 2008. Prior to advising the Oak Hill Funds, he served from 2005 until 2007 as the Chairman and Global Chief Executive Officer of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a $2.7 billion publicly traded consumer products company with operations in 120 countries worldwide and whose brand names include Rayovac, Varta, Remington, Cutter and Tetra. From 1996 to 2005, Mr. Jones was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rayovac Corporation (the predecessor to Spectrum Brands), a $1.4 billion publicly traded global consumer products company with major product offerings in batteries, portable lighting and shaving and grooming categories. After Mr. Jones was no longer an executive officer of Spectrum Brands, it filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in March 2009 and exited from bankruptcy proceedings in August 2009. In aggregate, Mr. Jones has over 35 years of experience in senior leadership roles at several leading public and private global consumer products companies, including Spectrum Brands, Rayovac, Thermoscan, Regina, Electrolux, Sara Lee, and General Electric. He currently serves as a director of Pentair, Ltd., The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Jones has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and serves as Chair of our Compensation Committee. He brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
Alan J. Lacy has served as an operating consultant (with the title of Senior Advisor) to the Oak Hill Funds, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies, since 2007. Prior to advising the Oak Hill Funds, he was Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Holdings Corporation, a large broad line retailer, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Roebuck and Co. (“Sears”), a large retail company. During Mr. Lacy’s tenure as CEO of Sears, the company created significant value for shareholders by executing major restructuring and growth initiatives, including the merger of Sears and Kmart, the acquisition of Lands’ End and the sale of Sears’ credit business. Prior to that, Mr. Lacy was employed in a number of executive level positions at major retail and consumer products companies, including Sears, Kraft, Philip Morris and Minnetonka Corporation. Mr. Lacy currently serves as a director of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc., Mr. Lacy is a Trustee of Fidelity Funds and a Trustee and former Chairman of the Board of the National Parks Conservation Association. Mr. Lacy has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and serves as Lead Independent Director. He brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin M. Mailender is a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2002. Mr. Mailender is responsible for investments in the Consumer, Retail & Distribution industry group. He currently serves as a director of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Mailender has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
 
41

Table of Contents
Kevin M. Sheehan serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of NCL Corporation Ltd., a leading global cruise line operator (“Norwegian”). Mr. Sheehan has served as President of Norwegian since August 2010 (and previously from August 2008 through March 2009) and Chief Executive Officer of Norwegian since November 2008. Mr. Sheehan also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Norwegian from November 2007 until September 2010. Before joining Norwegian, Mr. Sheehan spent two and one-half years consulting to private equity firms including Cerberus Capital Management LP (2006-2007) and Clayton Dubilier & Rice (2005-2006). From August 2005 to January 2008, Mr. Sheehan served on the faculty of Adelphi University as Distinguished Visiting Professor—Accounting, Finance and Economics. Prior to that, Mr. Sheehan served a nine-year career with Cendant Corporation, most recently serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of its Vehicle Services Division (including responsibility for Avis Rent A Car, Budget Rent A Car, Budget Truck, PHH Fleet Management and Wright Express). Mr. Sheehan serves on the Board of Directors, as Chairman of the Audit Committee, and as a member of the Compensation Committee of GateHouse Media, Inc. (one of the largest publishers of locally based print and online media in the United States) and serves on the Board of Directors of XOJET, Inc. (a private aviation company). Mr. Sheehan has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011 and is the Chair of our Audit Committee.
Tyler J. Wolfram is a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2001. He is responsible for originating, structuring, and managing investments in the Consumer, Retail & Distribution industry group and is a member of the firm’s Investment and Executive Committees. He currently serves as a director of NSA International, LLC, The Hillman Companies, Inc., and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Wolfram has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
2012 Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the information concerning all compensation paid by the Company during fiscal 2012 to our directors.

Name (1)	  	Fees Earned
($) (2) (3)	 	  	Option Awards
($) (4) (5)	 	  	Total
($) (3)	 	
Michael J. Griffith	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	57,452	 	  	 	157,452	  	
Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	57,452	 	  	 	157,452	  	
David A. Jones	  	 	110,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	110,000	  	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	125,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	125,000	  	
Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	115,000	  	  	 	57,452	 	  	 	172,452	  	
 
(1)	Messrs. King, Mailender and Wolfram were omitted from the Director Compensation Table as they do not receive compensation for service on our Board of Directors. Mr. King’s compensation is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.	
(2)	Reflects the annual stipend received for service on the Board of Directors during 2012. Board members are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service. Such reimbursements are not included in this Table. There are no other fees earned for service on the Board of Directors.	
(3)	Amounts earned by each of the directors in fiscal 2012 include fees earned for the first quarter of fiscal 2012, which were paid in fiscal 2011. For Messrs. Griffith and Halkyard, the first quarter fees paid in fiscal 2011 were $25,000. For Messrs. Jones, Lacy and Sheehan, the first quarter fees paid in fiscal 2011 were $27,500, $31,250 and $28,750 respectively.	
(4)	As of the end of our 2012 fiscal year, Mr. Jones held zero vested and 822 unvested stock options, and Mr. Lacy held zero vested and 1,644 unvested stock options. All of such stock options are exercisable at a price of $1,000 per share and expire on June 1, 2020.	
(5)	In December 2012, Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard and Sheehan were each granted options to purchase 106.38 shares of D&B Entertainment stock. All such stock options are exercisable at a price of $1,410.09 per share. The options will vest one year from date of grant and expire on December 5, 2022.	
The members of our Board of Directors, other than Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan, are not separately compensated for their services as directors, other than reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services. In addition to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service, Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan receive an annual stipend of $100,000 per year for serving as members of our Board of Directors. Mr. Jones receives an additional annual stipend of $10,000 for serving as Chair of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Lacy receives an additional annual stipend of $25,000 for serving as our Lead Independent Director. Mr. Sheehan receives an additional annual stipend of $15,000 for serving as Chair of our Audit Committee. Each of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan participate in D&B Entertainment’s 2010 Management Incentive Plan and has received an option grant in consideration of his service on our Board of Directors.
Corporate Governance
The Board of Directors met four times in fiscal 2012, including regular and special meetings. During this period, no individual director, from the date they became a board member, attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of (1) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and (2) the total number of meetings held by all committees on which such director served.
 
42

Table of Contents
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. The charters for each of these committees are posted on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance. As all of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings, the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. The Board of Directors does not have a policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by our debt holders or other parties.
The Audit Committee, comprised of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Lacy, Mailender and Sheehan, and chaired by Mr. Sheehan, recommends to the Board of Directors the appointment of the Company’s independent auditors, reviews and approves the scope of the annual audits of the Company’s financial statements, reviews our internal control over financial reporting, reviews and approves any non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, reviews the findings and recommendations of the internal and independent auditors and periodically reviews major accounting policies. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Audit Committee held four meetings during fiscal 2012. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is qualified as a “financial expert” under the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
The Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Wolfram, and chaired by Mr. Jones, reviews the Company’s compensation philosophy and strategy, administers incentive compensation and stock option plans, reviews the CEO’s performance and compensation, reviews recommendations on compensation of other executive officers, and reviews other special compensation matters, such as executive employment agreements. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Compensation Committee held five meetings during fiscal 2012.
The entire Board of Directors is engaged in risk management oversight. At the present time, the Board of Directors has not established a separate committee to facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities. The Board of Directors will continue to monitor and assess whether such a committee would be appropriate. The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of our risk management and the process established to identify, measure, monitor, and manage risks, in particular major financial risks. The Board of Directors receives regular reports from management, as well as from the Audit Committee, regarding relevant risks and the actions taken by management to adequately address those risks.
Our board leadership structure separates the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles into two positions. We established this leadership structure based on our ownership structure and other relevant factors. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for our strategic direction and our day-to-day leadership and performance, while the Chairman of the Board provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and presides over meetings of the Board of the Directors. We believe that this structure is appropriate under current circumstances, because it allows management to make the operating decisions necessary to manage the business, while helping to keep a measure of independence between the oversight function of our Board of Directors and operating decisions.
Code of Business Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy
In April 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to its directors, officers (including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other persons performing similar functions), and management employees. The Code of Business Ethics is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance/#codeofbusiness. We intend to post any material amendments or waivers of, our Code of Business Ethics that apply to our executive officers, on this website. In addition, our Whistle Blower Policy is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance/#whistleblower.
Communications with the Board of Directors
If security holders wish to communicate with the Board of Directors or with an individual director, they may direct such communications in care of the General Counsel, 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas 75220. The communication must be clearly addressed to the Board of Directors or to a specific director. The Board of Directors has instructed the General Counsel to review and forward any such correspondence to the appropriate person or persons for response.
 
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The Compensation Committee of our Board is responsible for establishing the compensation philosophy and ensuring each element of the compensation program encourages high levels of performance among the executive officers and positions the Company for growth. The Compensation Committee ensures our compensation program is fair, competitive, and closely aligns the interests of our executive officers with the Company’s short and long-term business objectives. Through a strategic combination of base pay, cash-based short-term incentive plans, and an equity-based long-term incentive plan, our Compensation Committee strives to reward executive officers for meeting certain strategic objectives and increasing shareholder value.
 
43

Table of Contents
Under the leadership of the executive officers, the Company had a great deal of success in 2012, delivering strong EBITDA results, launching four new locations, including our new flagship location in Dallas, TX, and continuing to strengthen the foundation required to position the Company for long-term growth. The Compensation Committee believes each component of the compensation program was effective at aligning the executive officers with the Company’s objectives and at recognizing the success the Company achieved as a result of their leadership.
This section describes our compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”). The following discussion focuses on our compensation program and compensation-related decisions for fiscal 2012 and also addresses why we believe our compensation program supports our business strategy and operational plans.
Compensation philosophy and overall objectives of executive compensation programs
It is our philosophy to link executive compensation to corporate performance and to create incentives for management to enhance our value both in the short and long-term. The following objectives have been adopted by the Compensation Committee as guidelines for compensation decisions:
 
 	•	provide a competitive total executive compensation package that enables us to attract, motivate and retain key executives;	
 
 	•	integrate the compensation arrangements with our annual and long-term business objectives and strategy, and focus executives on the fulfillment of these objectives;	
 
 	•	provide variable compensation opportunities that are directly linked with our financial and strategic performance; and	
 
 	•	ensure appropriate governance of our plans to ensure they are managed appropriately and truly adding value.	
Procedures for determining compensation
Our Compensation Committee has the overall responsibility for designing and evaluating the salaries, incentive plan compensation, policies and programs for our NEOs. The Compensation Committee relies on input from our Chief Executive Officer regarding the NEOs’ individual performance (other than himself) and an analysis of our corporate performance. With respect to the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance and sets his compensation. With respect to our corporate performance as a factor in compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee considers, among other aspects, our long-term and short-term strategic goals, revenue goals, profitability, and return to our investors.
Our Chief Executive Officer plays a significant role in the compensation-setting process of the other NEOs. Mr. King evaluates the performance of the other NEOs and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee concerning performance objectives and salary and bonus levels for the other NEOs. The Compensation Committee annually discusses the recommendations with the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve, in whole or in part, the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer. By a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee has final authority regarding the overall compensation structure for the NEOs (other than stock option awards). In fiscal 2012, the Compensation Committee approved Mr. King’s recommendations for salary and bonus with respect to each of the other NEOs.
In 2012, the Compensation Committee engaged the compensation consulting firm Aon Hewitt to conduct a benchmarking study of executive compensation programs. The results of this study, together with the experience of Oak Hill Capital Partners in managing other portfolio companies, guided our compensation decisions, including compensation of our NEOs. Aon Hewitt evaluated our market competitiveness against (a) a custom peer group and (b) Aon Hewitt’s Total Compensation Measurement survey of retail companies. The peer group against which we compared ourselves in fiscal 2012 includes casual dining restaurants that offer an “experience” and companies that focus on entertainment, including casino & gaming companies; hotels, resorts & cruise lines; and leisure facilities. All are publicly-traded companies that (a) have revenues between $225 million and $1.65 billion (approximately 0.5 times to 3.0 times our revenue), (b) have a median revenue of $817.2 million, which is above our 2012 revenue of $608.1 million, and (c) in aggregate, have a restaurant/entertainment mix similar to the income mix at Dave & Buster’s:

Benihana	  	Ruby Tuesday	  	Great Wolf Resorts	
BJ’s Restaurants	  	Texas Roadhouse	  	Marcus Corp	
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group	  	Ameristar Casinos	  	Cedar Fair	
Buffalo Wild Wings	  	Churchill Downs	  	International Speedway Corp	
CEC Entertainment	  	Isle of Capri Casinos	  	Six Flags Entertainment Corp	
O’Charley’s	  	MTR Gaming Group	  	Speedway Motorsports	
P.F. Chang’s China Bistro	  	Pinnacle Entertainment	  	Vail Resorts	
Red Robin Gourmet Burgers	  	Gaylord Entertainment	  	 	
Due to the size differences among the peer group and us, Aon Hewitt used regression analysis to size-adjust the results.
 
44

Table of Contents
Elements of compensation
The compensation of our NEOs consists primarily of four major components:
 
 	•	base salary;	
 
 	•	annual incentive awards;	
 
 	•	long-term incentive awards; and	
 
 	•	other benefits.	
Base salary
The base salary of each of our NEOs is determined based on an evaluation of the responsibilities of that position, each NEO’s historical salary earned in similar management positions and Oak Hill Capital Partners’ experience in managing other portfolio companies. A significant portion of each NEO’s total compensation is in the form of base salary. The salary component was designed to provide the NEOs with consistent income and to attract and retain talented and experienced executives capable of managing our operations and strategic growth. Annually, the performance of each NEO is reviewed by the Compensation Committee using information and evaluations provided by the Chief Executive Officer, taking into account our operating and financial results for the year, an assessment of the contribution of each NEO to such results, the achievement of our strategic growth and any changes in our NEOs’ roles and responsibilities. During fiscal 2012, Mr. King, Mr. Berle, Mr. Jenkins, and Ms. Manning received merit- and market-based increases in base salary of 6.7%, 10.7%, 5.9%, and 5.1%, respectively. Mr. Mulleady received a merit-based increase of 2.9%.
Annual incentive plan
The Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is designed to recognize and reward our employees for contributing towards the achievement of our annual business plan. The Compensation Committee believes the Incentive Plan provides a valuable short-term incentive program for delivering a cash bonus opportunity for our employees upon achievement of targeted operating results as determined by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors.
The fiscal 2012 Incentive Plan for most employees was based on our targeted Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2012. “Adjusted EBITDA” is calculated as net income (loss), plus interest expense (net), provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, loss (gain) on asset disposal, share-based compensation, currency transaction (gain) loss, pre-opening costs, reimbursement of affiliate expenses, severance, change in deferred amusement revenue and ticket liability estimations, transaction costs and other non-cash or non-recurring charges. Substantially all of the NEOs received a bonus based on achievement of various corporate objectives (including items such as Adjusted EBITDA, revenues, and similar measures) as determined by the Compensation Committee. With the exception of Mr. Mulleady, bonus payouts for our NEOs are based 75% on the achievement of a target based on Adjusted EBITDA, 12.5% on the achievement of revenue targets, and 12.5% on the achievement of targeted comparable store revenue growth. Mr. Mulleady’s bonus was based on Adjusted EBITDA and the achievement of targets related to signed leases. The Compensation Committee reviews and modifies the performance goals for the Incentive Plan as necessary to ensure reasonableness, support of our strategy and consistency with our overall objectives. The Adjusted EBITDA target was 10.8% higher than 2011 Adjusted EBITDA, and the revenue target was 9.7% higher than 2011 revenues. With respect to Mr. Mulleady’s objectives, the target for signed leases was aligned with our development strategy and intended to build the pipeline for future growth.

 	  	Target	 	 	Actual	 	 	% of Target	 	 	Payout %	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	$	109,006	  	 	$	120,478	  	 	 	110.5	% 	 	 	200.0	% 	
Revenue	  	$	594,620	  	 	$	608,067	  	 	 	102.3	% 	 	 	122.6	% 	
Comparable Store Revenue Growth	  	 	2.0	% 	 	 	3.0	% 	 	 	150.0	% 	 	 	145.0	% 	
Under each NEO’s employment agreement and the Incentive Plan, a target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of an NEO’s annualized base salary as of the end of the fiscal year, prorated according to the percentage of the fiscal year the NEO is employed by the Company. Bonuses in excess or below the target level may be paid subject to a prescribed maximum or minimum. Below a minimum threshold level of performance, no awards will be granted under the Incentive Plan.

 	  	% of Salary  at
Threshold	 	 	% of Salary  at
Target	 	 	% of Salary  at
Maximum	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	20.4	%	 	 	80.0	%	 	 	160.0	%	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	12.7	%	 	 	50.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	
Dolf Berle	  	 	17.9	%	 	 	70.0	%	 	 	140.0	%	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	15.3	%	 	 	60.0	%	 	 	120.0	%	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	15.3	%	 	 	60.0	%	 	 	120.0	%	
 
45

Table of Contents
At the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee determined the bonuses for the NEOs following the annual audit and reporting of financial results for fiscal 2012 and reported the awards to the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee authorized bonuses to the NEOs in amounts that were commensurate with the results achieved during fiscal 2012. In reviewing fiscal 2012 Incentive Plan results, the Compensation Committee recognized that we exceeded the target Adjusted EBITDA, Total Revenues, and Comparable Store Revenue Growth, which resulted in an award above target level performance for substantially all employees, including the NEOs. With the exception of Mr. Mulleady, our NEOs were paid 183.5% of their target bonus opportunity for fiscal 2012 based on the achievement of performance in excess of target on Adjusted EBITDA, Total Revenues, and Comparable Store Revenue Growth. Mr. Mulleady achieved above target performance on the portion of his bonus linked to the attainment of restaurant development objectives; therefore, he was paid 175.0% of his target bonus opportunity for fiscal 2012.

 	  	Target Bonus	 	  	Bonus Paid	 	  	% of Target	 	
Stephen M. King	  	$	512,000	  	  	$	939,283	  	  	 	183.5	%	
John B. Mulleady	  	$	142,642	  	  	$	249,623	  	  	 	175.0	%	
Dolf Berle	  	$	271,250	  	  	$	497,618	  	  	 	183.5	%	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	$	216,000	  	  	$	396,260	  	  	 	183.5	%	
Margo L. Manning	  	$	148,200	  	  	$	271,878	  	  	 	183.5	%	
The Compensation Committee believes the incentive awards were warranted and consistent with the performance of such executives during fiscal 2012 based on the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of each individual’s overall contribution to accomplishing our fiscal 2012 corporate goals and of each individual’s achievement of strategic and individual performance goals during the year.
Long-term incentives
The Compensation Committee believes that it is essential to align the interests of the executives and other key management personnel responsible for our growth with the interests of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee has also identified the need to retain tenured, high performing executives. The Compensation Committee believes that these objectives are accomplished through the provision of stock-based incentives that align the interests of management personnel with the objectives of enhancing our value, as set forth in the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”).
During fiscal 2012, the Board of Directors of D&B Entertainment awarded stock options to Mr. Mulleady in connection with his hire. In addition, the Board of Directors awarded stock options to Ms. Manning to more appropriately align her equity compensation with her level of responsibility. The exercise prices of the stock option awards were established on the date that the Board of Directors of D&B Entertainment approved the awards and were supported by an independent valuation assessment.
In general, we have provided our NEOs with a combination of service-based stock options with gradual vesting schedules and performance-based stock options that vest upon the attainment of a pre-established performance target. A greater number of stock options were granted to our more senior officers who have more strategic responsibilities. With respect to service-based options, the options vest ratably (20% per year) over a five-year period commencing one year following the grant date. With respect to performance-based options, there are various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a three-year, four-year or five-year period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year, as determined by the Compensation Committee (the profitability target for fiscal 2012 was Adjusted EBITDA of $107,573 and for fiscal 2013 is Adjusted EBITDA of $126,201); provided, that if, in any fiscal year such Adjusted EBITDA target is not achieved, the options that would vest in such fiscal year will vest if the Adjusted EBITDA in the succeeding year aggregated with the Adjusted EBITDA in such fiscal year exceeds the sum of the Adjusted EBITDA target for both fiscal years.
For performance-based stock options that vest upon the attainment of a pre-established performance target based on the Oak Hill Funds’ internal rate of return (the interest rate, compounded annually, calculated at the times and in the manner set forth in the stock option agreement), in each case described below, there are two tranches of options. One tranche of options vest and become exercisable if and only if a change of control (where prior to an initial public offering any person owns a greater percentage of common stock than the Oak Hill Funds, or following an initial public offering, a sale of the Company’s stock to the public that when aggregated with other public sales by the Oak Hill Funds, results in the sale of at least 75% of the stock held by the Oak Hill Funds prior to the initial public offering) occurs in which the internal rate of return with respect to the Oak Hill Funds’ investment in the common stock of the Company made on June 1, 2010 is greater than or equal to 20% as determined by the Compensation Committee. The other tranche of options vest and become exercisable if and only if a change of control occurs in which the internal rate of return with respect to the Oak Hill Funds’ investment in the common stock of the Company made on June 1, 2010 is greater than or equal to 25% as determined by the Compensation Committee. Vesting of options in each case is subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to the Company or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination) as of the vesting date. Any options that have not vested prior to a change in control or do not vest in connection with the change in control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change in control for no consideration.
There are 19,047 shares available for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan. All other shares have previously been granted. The only other option grants that could be made in the future would be the re-allocation of options that may be forfeited by a participant.
The Compensation Committee annually reviews long-term incentives to assure that our executive officers and other key employees are appropriately motivated and rewarded based on our long-term financial success.
Other benefits
Retirement Benefits. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) retirement plan on the same basis as other employees. However, tax regulations impose a limit on the amount of compensation that may be deferred for purposes of retirement savings. As a result, we established the Select Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”). See “— 2012 Nonqualified deferred compensation ” for a discussion of the SERP.
 
46

Table of Contents
Perquisites and Other Benefits. We offer our NEOs modest perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and in our best interest, including car allowances, country club memberships, and Company-paid financial counseling and tax preparation services. See “— 2012 Summary compensation table .”
Severance Benefits. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. These agreements provide our NEOs with certain severance benefits in the event of involuntary termination or adverse job changes. See “  —Employment agreements .”
Deductibility of executive compensation
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 limits the deductibility of compensation over $1,000 paid by a company to an executive officer. The Compensation Committee will take action to qualify most compensation approaches to ensure deductibility, except in those limited cases in which the Compensation Committee believes stockholder interests are best served by retaining flexibility. In such cases, the Compensation Committee will consider various alternatives to preserving the deductibility of compensation payments and benefits to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent consistent with its compensation objectives.
Risk Assessment Disclosure
Our Compensation Committee assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has furnished the following report:
The Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) with the management of the Company. Based on that review and discussion, the Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

David A. Jones, Chair	 	Michael J. Griffith	 	Jonathan S. Halkyard	 	Alan J. Lacy	 	Tyler J. Wolfram	
 
47

Table of Contents
2012 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth information concerning all compensation paid or accrued by the Company during fiscal 2012 to or for each person serving as a NEO at the end of 2012.

Name and Principal Position	  	Year	 	  	Salary (4)
($)	 	  	Bonus
($)	 	  	Option
Awards (5)
($)	 	  	Non-Equity
Incentive  Plan
Compensation
($)	 	  	All  Other
Compensation
(6)
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	2012	  	  	 	622,308	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	939,283	  	  	 	45,822	  	  	 	1,607,413	  	
(CEO)	  	 	2011	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	416,664	  	  	 	35,094	  	  	 	1,051,758	  	
 	  	 	2010	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	895,188	  	  	 	258,450	  	  	 	29,697	  	  	 	1,783,335	  	
John B. Mulleady (1)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	285,385	  	  	 	75,000	 	  	 	228,032	  	  	 	249,623	  	  	 	77,441	  	  	 	915,481	  	
(SVP, Real Estate and Development)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Dolf Berle (2)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	378,135	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	497,618	  	  	 	15,279	  	  	 	891,032	  	
(President and COO)	  	 	2011	  	  	 	336,539	  	  	 	69,304	  	  	 	235,290	  	  	 	233,706	  	  	 	13,207	  	  	 	888,046	  	
Brian A. Jenkins (3)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	351,115	  	  	 	13,596	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	396,260	  	  	 	30,738	  	  	 	791,709	  	
(SVP and CFO)	  	 	2011	  	  	 	328,750	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	236,110	  	  	 	26,656	  	  	 	591,516	  	
 	  	 	2010	  	  	 	316,731	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	466,868	  	  	 	139,994	  	  	 	33,731	  	  	 	957,324	  	
Margo L. Manning (3)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	242,750	  	  	 	13,596	 	  	 	216,375	  	  	 	271,878	  	  	 	27,867	  	  	 	772,466	  	
(SVP, Human Resources)	  	 	2011	  	  	 	213,250	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	32,916	  	  	 	163,193	  	  	 	25,232	  	  	 	434,591	  	
 	  	 	2010	  	  	 	204,500	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	78,525	  	  	 	84,666	  	  	 	30,889	  	  	 	398,580	  	
 
(1)	Mr. Mulleady joined the Company on April 16, 2012, and received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $75,000.	
(2)	Mr. Berle joined the Company in February 2011 and received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $69,304 to defray certain costs and expenses incurred by him.	
(3)	In fiscal 2012, Mr. Jenkins and Ms. Manning received project bonuses outside of the Incentive Plan. These bonus amounts were recommended by Mr. King and approved by the Compensation Committee prior to payment.	
(4)	The following salary deferrals were made under the SERP in 2012: Mr. King, $37,339; Mr. Jenkins, $35,112; and Ms. Manning, $60,688.	
(5)	Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of valuation of options granted in 2012, 2011, and 2010 appear in the Financial Statements contained in Item 15(a)(i), Note 1, Pages F-8 to F-9.	
(6)	The following table sets forth the components of “All Other Compensation:”	

Name	 	Year	 	 	Car
Allowance($)	 	 	Financial
Planning/
Legal
Fees($)	 	 	Club
Dues($)	 	 	Supplemental
Medical($)	 	 	Company
Contributions
to Retirement
& 401(k)
Plans($) (b)	 	 	Relocation
Expenses($)	 	 	Total
($)(a)	 	
Stephen M.	 	 	2012	  	 	 	10,192	  	 	 	5,000	 	 	 	3,180	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	27,450	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	45,822	  	
King (a)	 	 	2011	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	21,974	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	35,094	  	
 	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	6,192	  	 	 	10,385	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	29,697	  	
John B. Mulleady	 	 	2012	  	 	 	8,077	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,520	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,381	  	 	 	64,463	  	 	 	77,441	  	
Dolf Berle	 	 	2012	  	 	 	10,192	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	3,180	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	1,907	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	15,279	  	
 	 	 	2011	  	 	 	9,616	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	3,000	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	591	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	13,207	  	
Brian A.	 	 	2012	  	 	 	10,192	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,180	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17,366	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	30,738	  	
Jenkins (a)	 	 	2011	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	13,536	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	26,656	  	
 	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	15,234	  	 	 	5,377	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,731	  	
Margo L. Manning (a)	 	 	2012	  	 	 	10,192	  	 	 	2,000	  	 	 	3,180	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,495	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	27,867	  	
 	 	 	2011	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	3,000	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9,112	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	25,232	  	
 	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	2,000	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	12,307	  	 	 	3,462	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	30,889	  	
 
48

Table of Contents
 
(a)	Does not include the “Net Proceeds” received by the NEOs upon or subsequent to the closing of the Acquisition on June 1, 2010.	
(b)	Amounts include Company contributions to SERP and 401(k) plans that were based on the Company’s performance during the 2012 fiscal year and accrued as of February 3, 2013, although such contributions were not made until the 2013 fiscal year.	
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL 2012
The following table shows the grants of plan-based awards to the NEOs in fiscal 2012.

 	 	  	Exercise or	 	  	Grant Date	 	
 	  	Estimated Future Payouts Under	 	  	All other options awards:	 	  	Base Price	 	  	Fair Value of	 	
 	  	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)	 	  	number of securities	 	  	of Option	 	  	Option	 	
Name	  	Threshold ($)	 	  	Target ($)	 	  	Maximum($)	 	  	underlying options (2)	 	  	Awards ($/Sh)	 	  	Awards ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	130,688	  	  	 	512,000	  	  	 	1,024,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	  	 	—  	 	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	36,174	  	  	 	142,642	  	  	 	285,283	  	  	 	450.00	 	  	 	  	 	1,140	 	  	 	  	 	228,032	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	69,246	  	  	 	271,250	  	  	 	542,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	  	 	—  	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	55,152	  	  	 	216,000	  	  	 	432,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	  	 	—  	 	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	37,840	  	  	 	148,200	  	  	 	296,400	  	  	 	427.00	 	  	 	  	 	1,140	 	  	 	  	 	216,375	  	
 
(1)	All such payouts are pursuant to the Incentive Plan, as more particularly described under “—Annual Incentive Plan” above and actual payouts are recorded under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the “—Summary Compensation Table.”	
(2)	These options represent unvested service-based options and performance-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and shall vest as more particularly described under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2012” below.	
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2012

 	  	 	 	  	Number of
Securities	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Number of Securities	 	  	Underlying	 	  	Option	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)	 	  	Unexercised
Unearned	 	  	Exercise
Price	 	  	Option
Expiration	 	
Name	  	Exercisable (1)	 	  	Unexercisable (2)	 	  	Options (#) (3)	 	  	($)	 	  	Date	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	1,008.00	  	  	 	756.00	  	  	 	2,520.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	06/1/2020	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	—  	 	  	 	150.00	  	  	 	300.00	  	  	 	1,140	  	  	 	04/16/2022	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	365.85	  	  	 	650.40	  	  	 	1,422.75	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	03/23/2021	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	526.00	  	  	 	394.80	  	  	 	1,051.20	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	06/1/2020	  	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	88.80	  	  	 	66.60	  	  	 	176.60	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	06/1/2020	  	
 	  	 	34.40	  	  	 	61.60	  	  	 	134.00	  	  	 	1,048	  	  	 	07/13/2021	  	
 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	142.00	  	  	 	285.00	  	  	 	1,140	  	  	 	03/8/2022	  	
 
(1)	These options represent (a) vested service-based options and (b) the vested portion of performance-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. With the exception of options granted to Mr. Berle and Mr. Mulleady and some of the options granted to Ms. Manning, service-based options vest ratably over a five-year period, commencing on June 1, 2011, the first anniversary of the date of grant. Service-based options granted to Mr. Berle vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on March 23, 2012, the first anniversary of the date of grant. Service-based options granted to Mr. Mulleady vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on April 16, 2013, the first anniversary of the date of grant. Ms. Manning’s service-based options were granted on three different grant dates and vest ratably over five-year periods commencing June 1, 2011, July 13, 2012, and March 9, 2013, the first anniversary of the date of each grant.	
(2)	These options represent the unvested service-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. These options will vest as described in (1) above.	
(3)	These options are unvested performance-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and shall vest (a) in the event the Company achieves certain annual earnings targets and (b) upon a change in control of the Company in which the Oak Hill Funds achieve a designated internal rate of return on its initial investment.	
 
49

Table of Contents
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information concerning the shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options under the Stock Incentive Plan as of February 3, 2013:

Plan Category	  	Number of
Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders	  	 	17,128	  	  	$	1,026.67	  	  	 	19,047	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	17,128	  	  	$	1,026.67	  	  	 	19,047	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
2012 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED TABLE

 	  	Option Awards	 	
Name	  	Number of Shares
Acquired  on
Exercise (1) (#)	 	  	Value Realized
on Exercise (1)
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	18,067	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	 	
Dolf Berle	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	7,325	  	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	2,372	  	
 
(1)	On June 1, 2010, upon the closing of the Acquisition, each option to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock was converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest (the “Net Proceeds”). Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the NEOs in 2012 related to the Acquisition. This delayed payment of Net Proceeds relates to the post-Acquisition calculation of certain tax and other allocations between the buyer and seller which occurred in 2011. Combined with the Net Proceeds received in 2011 and 2010, the NEOs have received the following amounts related to the Acquisition: Mr. King $8,187,205; Mr. Jenkins $3,292,150; and Ms. Manning $1,074,782. Mr. Berle and Mr. Mulleady were not employed by the Company at the time of the Acquisition and did not receive any portion of the Net Proceeds.	
 
50

Table of Contents
2012 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The SERP is an unfunded defined contribution plan designed to permit a select group of management or highly compensated employees to set aside additional retirement benefits on a pre-tax basis. The SERP has a variety of investment options similar in type to our 401(k) plan. Any employer contributions to a participant’s account vest in equal portions over a five-year period, and become immediately vested upon termination of a participant’s employment on or after age 65 or by reason of the participant’s death or disability, and upon a change of control (as defined in the SERP). Pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, however, such distribution cannot be made to certain employees of a publicly traded corporation before the earlier of six months following the employee’s termination date or the death of the employee. Withdrawals from the SERP may be permitted in the event of an unforeseeable emergency.
The following table shows contributions to each NEO’s deferred compensation account in 2012 and the aggregate amount of such officer’s deferred compensation as of February 3, 2013.

Name	  	Executive
Contributions
In Last Fiscal Year (1)
($)	 	  	Registrant
Contributions in  Last
Fiscal Year (2)
($)	 	  	Aggregate
Earnings in  Last
Fiscal Year
($)	 	  	Aggregate Balance
at Last  Fiscal
Year-End
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	37,339	  	  	 	27,450	  	  	 	15,288	  	  	 	172,374	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	35,112	  	  	 	15,491	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	113,103	  	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	60,688	  	  	 	10,710	  	  	 	18,395	  	  	 	182,030	  	
 
(1)	Amounts are included in the “Salary” column of the “—2012 Summary Compensation Table.”	
(2)	Amounts shown are matching contributions pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. These amounts are included in the “All other compensation ” column of the “— 2012 Summary Compensation Table. ”	
Employment Agreements
As of the closing of the Acquisition, we have entered into new amended and restated employment agreements with our NEOs to reflect the then current compensation arrangements of each of the NEOs and to include additional restrictive covenants, including a one-year non-compete provision and a two-year non-solicitation and non-hire provision. The employment agreement for each NEO
 
51

Table of Contents
provides for an initial term of two years, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless terminated earlier by the NEO or us. Under the terms of the employment agreements, each NEO will be entitled to a minimum base salary and may receive an annual salary increase commensurate with such officer’s performance during the year, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. Our NEOs are also entitled to participate in the Stock Incentive Plan and in any profit sharing, qualified and nonqualified retirement plans and any health, life, accident, disability insurance, sick leave, supplemental medical reimbursement insurance, or benefit plans or programs as we may choose to make available now or in the future. NEOs will be entitled to receive an annual automobile allowance, an allowance for club membership and paid vacation. In addition, the employment agreements contain provisions providing for severance payments and continuation of benefits under certain circumstances including termination by us without cause, upon execution of a general release of claims in favor of us. Each employment agreement contains a confidentiality covenant.
Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control
The following is a discussion of the rights of the NEOs under the Stock Incentive Plan and the employment agreements with the NEOs following a termination of employment or change in control.
Stock Incentive Plan
Pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan, certain vested stock options shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the day on which the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment for cause, (b) the thirty-first day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment upon notice to us by the executive officer without good reason having been shown, (c) the 366 th day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us by reason of death, disability, or due to the termination of such employment (i) by the executive officer for good reason having been shown or (ii) by us for reason other than for cause, or (d) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the immediately following sentence, all options that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of employment shall immediately terminate and expire on such termination date. A portion of the performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable subject to the satisfaction of certain performance requirements set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan. Upon a sale or change in control as more particularly described in the Stock Incentive Plan, certain performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable, subject to certain performance requirements set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan.
Employment agreements
Deferred compensation. All contributions made by an executive officer to a deferred compensation account, and all vested portions of our contributions to such deferred compensation account, shall be disbursed to the executive officer upon termination of employment for any reason. See “— 2012 Nonqualified deferred compensation. ”
Resignation. If an executive officer resigns from employment with us, such officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and such officer shall only be entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
Involuntary Termination Not for Cause. In the event of involuntary termination of employment other than for Cause (as defined in the employment agreements), an executive officer would be entitled to 12 months of severance pay at such officer’s then-current base salary, the pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, earned by the officer for the then-current fiscal year, 12 months continuation of such officer’s automobile allowance, and monthly payments for a period of six months equal to the monthly premium required by such officers to maintain health insurance benefits provided by our group health insurance plan, in accordance with the requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.
Termination for Cause. In the event of termination for Cause, the officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and shall be only entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
Termination for good reason. In the event the employee chooses to terminate his or her employment for reasons such as material breach of the employment agreement by us, relocation of the office where the officer performs his or her duties, assignment to the officer of any duties, authority, or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with such officer’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities or other similar actions, such officer shall be entitled to the same benefits described above under “  —Involuntary Termination Not for Cause  .”
Death or disability. The benefits to which an officer (or such officer’s estate or representative) would be entitled in the event of death or disability are as described above under “— Involuntary Termination Not for Cause .” However, the amount of salary paid to any such disabled officer shall be reduced by any income replacement benefits received from the disability insurance we provide.
 
52

Table of Contents
Information concerning the potential payments upon a termination of employment or change in control is set forth in tabular form below for each NEO. Information is provided as if the termination, death, disability or change in control (as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan) and certain other liquidity events had occurred as of February 3, 2013 (the last day of fiscal 2012).

Name	  	Benefit	 	Resignation
($)	 	  	Termination
W/Out
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
With
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
for Good
Reason($)	 	  	Death/
Disability
($)	 	  	Change in
Control ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	Salary	 	 	—  	 	  	 	640,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	640,000	  	  	 	640,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	 	  	 	512,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	512,000	  	  	 	512,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	 	  	 	9,972	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	9,972	  	  	 	9,972	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	172,374	  	  	 	172,374	  	  	 	172,374	  	  	 	172,374	  	  	 	172,374	  	  	 	172,374	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	Salary	 	 	—  	 	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	 	  	 	180,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	180,000	  	  	 	180,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	 	  	 	8,238	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	8,238	  	  	 	8,238	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	
Dolf Berle	  	Salary	 	 	—  	 	  	 	387,500	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	387,500	  	  	 	387,500	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	 	  	 	271,250	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	271,250	  	  	 	271,250	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	Salary	 	 	—  	 	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	360,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	 	  	 	216,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	216,000	  	  	 	216,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	10,327	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	113,103	  	  	 	113,103	  	  	 	113,103	  	  	 	113,103	  	  	 	113,103	  	  	 	113,103	  	
Margo L. Manning	  	Salary	 	 	—  	 	  	 	247,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	247,000	  	  	 	247,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	 	  	 	148,200	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	148,200	  	  	 	148,200	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	 	  	 	10,262	  	  	 	—  	 	  	 	10,262	  	  	 	10,262	  	  	 	—  	 	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	182,030	  	  	 	182,030	  	  	 	182,030	  	  	 	182,030	  	  	 	182,030	  	  	 	182,030	  	
 
(1)	Accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive compensation payable assuming target performance pursuant to our 2012 Incentive Plan.	
The Director Compensation Table and related narrative in Item 10 above is incorporated by reference into this Item 11.
 
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
As of March 31, 2013, 100 shares of our common stock were outstanding. All of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings. All of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by D&B Entertainment. The following table shows the ownership of D&B Entertainment’s common stock by (a) all persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of D&B Entertainment common stock, (b) each present director, (c) the named executive officers, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group as of March 31, 2013.
 
53

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
as of
March 31,
2013	 	  	Number of
Shares
Attributable
to Options
Exercisable
Within 60
Days of
March 31,
2013	 	 	Percent (9)	 	
Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. (1)	  	 	136,262.745	  	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	92.38	% 	
Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (1)	  	 	4,475.184	  	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	3.03	% 	
Directors (3)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen M. King (5)	  	 	2,833.679	  	  	 	1,008.00	(4) 	 	 	1.91	% 	
Michael J. Griffith	  	 	166.670	  	  	 	(4	)	 	 	*	  	
Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	166.670	  	  	 	(4	)	 	 	*	  	
David A. Jones (6)	  	 	1,000.000	  	  	 	(4	) 	 	 	*	  	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	750.000	  	  	 	(4	) 	 	 	*	  	
Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	  	 	 	*	  	
Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	500.000	  	  	 	(4	)	 	 	*	  	
Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	—  	 	  	 	—  	  	 	 	*	  	
Named Executive Officers (3)(7)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dolf Berle	  	 	603.450	  	  	 	528.45	(8) 	 	 	*	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	30.000	  	  	 	30.00	(8) 	 	 	*	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	1,193.075	  	  	 	526.00	(8) 	 	 	*	  	
Margo L. Manning	  	 	367.775	  	  	 	151.60	(8) 	 	 	*	  	
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (18 Persons)	  	 	9,214.812	  	  	 	2,905.65	  	 	 	6.13	% 	
 
*	Less than 1%	
(1)	The business address of Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, the “Oak Hill Funds”) is 201 Main Street, Suite 1018, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. is the sole general partner of OHCP MGP Partners III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of OHCP GenPar III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of each of the Oak Hill Funds. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by each of the Oak Hill Funds. Investment and voting decisions with regard to the shares of the Purchaser’s common stock owned by the Oak Hill Funds are made by an Investment Committee of the board of directors of OHCP MGP III, Ltd. The members of the board of directors are J. Taylor Crandall, Steven B. Gruber, and Denis J. Nayden. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the Oak Hill Funds.	
(2)	Not applicable.	
(3)	We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as noted, and except for any community property interests owned by spouses, the listed individuals have sole investment power and sole voting power as to all shares of stock of which they are identified as being the beneficial owners.	
(4)	Mr. King owns 3,780 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 1,008 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Lacy owns 1,644 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Jones owns 822 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Griffith owns 106.38 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Halkyard owns 106.38 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Sheehan owns 106.38 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013.	
(5)	Shares reflected in the table include 1,825.679 shares owned by the Steve and Shauna King Investment Partnership L.P. (the “Investment Partnership”). Currently, Mr. King has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares owned by the Investment Partnership.	
(6)	Shares reflected in the table include 740 shares owned by Mr. Jones; plus 20 shares owned by each of the eight David A. Jones 2006 Grandchildren’s Trusts Dated 12/30/2006, trusts established for the benefit of Mr. Jones’s eight grandchildren; 20 shares owned by Brenton Alan Kindle; 20 shares owned by Brooke Nicole Kindle Stephens; 20 shares owned by Leslie Ann Jones Acosta; 20 shares owned by Jeffrey David Jones; and 20 shares owned by Dana Michele Jones Smith. Currently, Mr. Jones has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares pursuant to the voting trust agreement and irrevocable proxies executed by the trustees of each trust on behalf of the eight trust beneficiaries and the individual owners of the shares.	
 
54

Table of Contents
(7)	In addition to Mr. King who serves as a director.	
(8)	Mr. Berle owns 2,439 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 528.45 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Mulleady owns 450 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 30 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Mr. Jenkins owns 1,972 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 526 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013. Ms. Manning owns 989 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 151.6 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of March 31, 2013.	
(9)	This percentage is based on the number of beneficially owned shares of common stock as of March 31, 2013, determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.	
 
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
Relationship with Oak Hill Capital Partners
Our director, Tyler J. Wolfram, is a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. Our director, Kevin M. Mailender, is a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and our directors, Alan J. Lacy and David A. Jones are both Senior Advisors to the Oak Hill Funds.
Director Independence
Though not formally considered by our Board of Directors because we are not a listed issuer, we have evaluated the independence of our Board of Directors using the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We believe that Messrs. Lacy, Jones, Sheehan, Halkyard and Griffith, are independent directors within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Expense reimbursement agreement
We have entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew.
Stockholders’ agreement
D&B Entertainment, certain members of management and the Oak Hill Funds entered into a stockholders’ agreement as of June 1, 2010. The stockholders’ agreement contains, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to freely transfer the securities of D&B Entertainment held by such parties. In addition, the stockholders’ agreement provides that the Oak Hill Funds may compel a sale of all or a portion of the equity in D&B Entertainment to a third party (commonly known as drag-along rights) and, alternatively, that stockholders of D&B Entertainment may participate in certain sales of stock by the Oak Hill Funds to third parties (commonly known as tag-along rights). The stockholders’ agreement also contains certain corporate governance provisions regarding the nomination of directors and officers of D&B Entertainment by the parties thereto. The stockholders’ agreement also provides that D&B Entertainment’s stockholders, under certain circumstances, will have the ability to cause D&B Entertainment to register common equity securities of D&B Entertainment under the Securities Act, and provide for procedures by which certain of the equity holders of D&B Entertainment may participate in such registrations.
Related Transactions
We have not adopted a formal policy governing the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. However, our Audit Committee reviews, approves or ratifies, when necessary, all transactions involving corporate officers. In addition, pursuant to our Code of Business Ethics, it is Company policy that unless a written waiver is granted (as explained below), employees may not (a) perform services for or have a financial interest in a private company that is, or may become, a supplier, customer, or competitor of the Company; (b) perform services for or own more than 1% of the equity of a publicly traded company that is, or may become, a supplier, customer, or competitor of the Company, or (c) perform outside work or otherwise engage in any outside activity or enterprise that may interfere in any way with job performance or create a conflict with the Company’s best interests. Employees are under a continuing obligation to disclose to their supervisors any situation that presents the possibility of a conflict or disparity of interest between the employee and the Company. An employee’s conflict of interest may only be waived if both the Legal Department and the employee’s supervisor waive the conflict in writing. An officer’s conflict of interest may only be waived if the Audit Committee approves the waiver.
 
55

Table of Contents
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) has no direct or indirect interest in the Company. KPMG has been the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since 2010. The following table sets forth the fees for professional audit services provided to the Company by KPMG, for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012:

 	  	Fiscal
2012	 	  	Fiscal
2011	 	
Audit Fees (1)	  	$	460	  	  	$	430	  	
Audit-Related Fees (2)	  	 	231	  	  	 	78	  	
Tax Fees	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
All Other	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	691	  	  	$	508	  	

(1)	Includes fees for services for the audit of our annual financial statements, the reviews of our interim financial statements, implementation of accounting pronouncements and assistance with SEC filings.	
(2)	Includes fees for services related to the withdrawn initial public filing of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes.	
The Audit Committee has established a policy whereby the outside auditors are required to seek pre-approval on an annual basis of all audit, audit-related, tax and other services by providing a prior description of the services to be performed and a specific fee estimate for each such service. Individual engagements anticipated to exceed the pre-approved thresholds must be separately approved by the Audit Committee. For both fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, 100% of all audit-related services, tax services and other services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by KPMG were compatible with such firm’s independence.
 
56

Table of Contents
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
We have reviewed and discussed with management and KPMG, the independent registered public accounting firm, our audited financial statements as of and for the year ended February 3, 2013. We have also discussed with KPMG the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards 61,  Communications with Audit Committees , as amended, by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts.
We have received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from KPMG required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding KPMG’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, have considered the compatibility of non-audit services with the firm’s independence, and have discussed with the auditors the firm’s independence.
Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the financial statements referred to above be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Kevin M. Sheehan, Chair    	 	Michael J. Griffith    	 	Jonathan S. Halkyard    	 	Alan J. Lacy    	 	Kevin M. Mailender    	
 
57

Table of Contents
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	

 	 	
(a) (1)	 	Financial Statements	
 	 	
 	 	See Pages F-1 to F-25 of this Report.	
 	 	
(a) (2)	 	Financial Statement Schedules	
 	 	
 	 	None.	
 	 	
(a) (3)	 	See the Index to Exhibits attached hereto on Page E-1 for a list of all exhibits filed as part of this document.	
 
58

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	 	 	DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.,
a Missouri Corporation	
 	 	 	 	
Date: April 16, 2013	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have signed in our indicated capacities on April 16, 2013.

 	 	Signature	  	Title	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Stephen M. King	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
 	 	Stephen M. King	  	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	  	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Tyler J. Wolfram	  	Chairman of the Board of Directors	
 	 	Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Michael J. Griffith	  	Director	
 	 	Michael J. Griffith	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	Director	
 	 	Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ David A. Jones	  	Director	
 	 	David A. Jones	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Alan J. Lacy	  	Director	
 	 	Alan J. Lacy	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kevin M. Mailender	  	Director	
 	 	Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kevin M. Sheehan	  	Director	
 	 	Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	
 
59

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2013, January 29, 2012, 244-day period ended January 30, 2011 and the 120-day period ended May 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2013, January 29, 2012, 244-day period ended January 30, 2011 and the 120-day period ended May 31, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Dallas, Texas
April 15, 2013
 
F-1

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	February 3,	 	  	January 29,	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2012	 	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	36,117	  	  	$	33,684	  	 	
Inventories (Note 4)	  	 	14,849	  	  	 	14,840	  	 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	9,371	  	  	 	9,595	  	 	
Deferred income taxes (Note 9)	  	 	18,209	  	  	 	13,382	  	 	
Income taxes receivable	  	 	1,120	  	  	 	—  	  	 	
Other current assets	  	 	12,152	  	  	 	3,493	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	91,818	  	  	 	74,994	  	 	
Property and equipment (net of $139,457 and $83,422 accumulated depreciation as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, respectively) (Note 5)	  	 	337,239	  	  	 	323,342	  	 	
Tradenames (Note 6)	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	79,000	  	 	
Goodwill (Note 6)	  	 	272,278	  	  	 	272,286	  	 	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	24,218	  	  	 	29,040	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	804,553	  	  	$	778,662	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Current installments of long-term debt (Note 8)	  	$	1,500	  	  	$	1,500	  	 	
Accounts payable	  	 	23,878	  	  	 	23,974	  	 	
Accrued liabilities (Note 7)	  	 	67,124	  	  	 	62,957	  	 	
Income taxes payable	  	 	192	  	  	 	903	  	 	
Deferred income taxes (Note 9)	  	 	189	  	  	 	550	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	92,883	  	  	 	89,884	  	 	
Deferred income taxes (Note 9)	  	 	24,887	  	  	 	30,308	  	 	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	69,544	  	  	 	63,101	  	 	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,684	  	  	 	8,337	  	 	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 8)	  	 	343,579	  	  	 	345,167	  	 	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 authorized; 100 issued and outstanding as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	
Preferred stock, 10,000,000 authorized; none issued	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	
Paid-in capital	  	 	246,929	  	  	 	245,830	  	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	  	 	252	  	  	 	237	  	 	
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)	  	 	13,795	  	  	 	(4,202	) 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholder’s equity	  	 	260,976	  	  	 	241,865	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	804,553	  	  	$	778,662	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-2

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands)

 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	244 Days	 	 	120 Days	 	 	
 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	 	
 	  	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	  	January 30, 2011	 	 	May 31, 2010	 	 	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	298,421	  	 	$	272,606	  	  	$	177,044	  	 	$	90,470	  	 	 	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	309,646	  	 	 	268,939	  	  	 	166,489	  	 	 	87,536	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	608,067	  	 	 	541,545	  	  	 	343,533	  	 	 	178,006	  	 	 	
Cost of food and beverage	  	 	73,019	  	 	 	65,751	  	  	 	41,890	  	 	 	21,817	  	 	 	
Cost of amusement and other	  	 	46,098	  	 	 	41,417	  	  	 	26,832	  	 	 	13,442	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	119,117	  	 	 	107,168	  	  	 	68,722	  	 	 	35,259	  	 	 	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	145,571	  	 	 	130,875	  	  	 	85,271	  	 	 	43,969	  	 	 	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	192,792	  	 	 	175,993	  	  	 	111,456	  	 	 	59,802	  	 	 	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	40,356	  	 	 	34,896	  	  	 	25,670	  	 	 	17,064	  	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	63,457	  	 	 	54,277	  	  	 	33,794	  	 	 	16,224	  	 	 	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	3,060	  	 	 	4,186	  	  	 	842	  	 	 	1,447	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	564,353	  	 	 	507,395	  	  	 	325,755	  	 	 	173,765	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	43,714	  	 	 	34,150	  	  	 	17,778	  	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	
Interest expense, net	  	 	33,075	  	 	 	32,516	  	  	 	25,486	  	 	 	6,976	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	10,639	  	 	 	1,634	  	  	 	(7,708	) 	 	 	(2,735	) 	 	 	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	(7,358	) 	 	 	679	  	  	 	(2,551	) 	 	 	(597	) 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	 	17,997	  	 	 	955	  	  	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain, net of taxes	  	 	15	  	 	 	42	  	  	 	195	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income (loss)	  	$	18,012	  	 	$	997	  	  	 	(4,962	) 	 	 	(2,089	) 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	Retained	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	Other	 	 	Earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Paid-In	 	 	Comprehensive	 	 	(Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Common Stock	 	  	Capital	 	 	Income	 	 	Deficit)	 	 	Total	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Shares	 	  	Amount	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 31, 2010 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	112,069	  	 	$	216	  	 	 	$ (19,639	) 	 	$	92,646	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,697	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,697	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance May 31, 2010 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	113,766	  	 	 	265	  	 	 	(21,777	) 	 	 	92,254	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elimination of Predecessor equity	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(113,766	) 	 	 	(265	) 	 	 	21,777	  	 	 	(92,254	) 	 	 	 	
Initial investment by Oak Hill	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	245,498	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	245,498	  	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	195	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	195	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	794	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	794	  	 	 	 	
Repurchase of parent shares from former executive (see Note 11)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance January 30, 2011 (Successor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	244,792	  	 	 	195	  	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	239,830	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	955	  	 	 	955	  	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	42	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	42	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,038	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,038	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance January 29, 2012 (Successor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	245,830	  	 	 	237	  	 	 	(4,202	) 	 	 	241,865	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	15	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,099	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,099	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance February 3, 2013 (Successor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	246,929	  	 	$	252	  	 	$	13,795	  	 	$	260,976	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	244 Days Ended	 	 	120 Days Ended	 	
 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	 	January 30,	 	 	May 31,	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	17,997	  	 	$	955	  	 	$	(5,157	) 	 	$	(2,138	) 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	63,457	  	 	 	54,277	  	 	 	33,794	  	 	 	16,224	  	
Debt cost and discount amortization	  	 	2,528	  	 	 	2,329	  	 	 	1,447	  	 	 	479	  	
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (Note 9)	  	 	(10,895	) 	 	 	271	  	 	 	(1,245	) 	 	 	(2,241	) 	
Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets	  	 	2,638	  	 	 	1,279	  	 	 	(2,813	) 	 	 	416	  	
Stock-based compensation charges	  	 	1,099	  	 	 	1,038	  	 	 	794	  	 	 	1,697	  	
Business interruption reimbursement (Note 3)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,629	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(210	) 	
Other, net	  	 	17	  	 	 	1,189	  	 	 	435	  	 	 	(11	) 	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventories	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	(609	) 	 	 	(1,142	) 	 	 	(31	) 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	471	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	(168	) 	 	 	(1,094	) 	
Income tax receivable	  	 	(1,120	) 	 	 	5,861	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	(1,856	) 	
Other current assets	  	 	(8,461	) 	 	 	(1,561	) 	 	 	1,224	  	 	 	729	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	924	  	 	 	(401	) 	 	 	1,743	  	 	 	(669	) 	
Accounts payable	  	 	(96	) 	 	 	5,280	  	 	 	121	  	 	 	(698	) 	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	4,100	  	 	 	2,563	  	 	 	(5,614	) 	 	 	(2,137	) 	
Income taxes payable	  	 	(711	) 	 	 	(578	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	2,886	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	6,691	  	 	 	4,089	  	 	 	398	  	 	 	86	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	4,166	  	 	 	(1,120	) 	 	 	(159	) 	 	 	(137	) 	
Deferred insurance proceeds (Note 3)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,629	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	82,796	  	 	 	73,247	  	 	 	25,240	  	 	 	11,295	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Initial Investment by Oak Hill (Note 2)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	245,498	  	 	 	—  	  	
Purchase of Predecessor stock	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(330,803	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Capital expenditures	  	 	(78,689	) 	 	 	(72,946	) 	 	 	(22,255	) 	 	 	(12,978	) 	
Repurchase of parent shares from former executive (Note 11)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,000	) 	 	 	(500	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Insurance proceeds on Nashville property (Note 3)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	798	  	 	 	4,808	  	 	 	—  	  	
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment	  	 	201	  	 	 	1,646	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(78,488	) 	 	 	(71,502	) 	 	 	(103,244	) 	 	 	(12,975	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayments of long-term debt, including extinguishment fees	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(237,625	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Repayments of senior secured credit facility	  	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(2,750	) 	 	 	(125	) 	
Borrowings under senior secured credit facility, net of unamortized discount	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	150,500	  	 	 	—  	  	
Borrowings under senior notes	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	200,000	  	 	 	—  	  	
Debt issuance costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(968	) 	 	 	(12,591	) 	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	  	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(2,468	) 	 	 	97,534	  	 	 	(125	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	2,433	  	 	 	(723	) 	 	 	19,530	  	 	 	(1,805	) 	
Beginning cash and cash equivalents	  	 	33,684	  	 	 	34,407	  	 	 	14,877	  	 	 	16,682	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending cash and cash equivalents	  	$	36,117	  	 	$	33,684	  	 	$	34,407	  	 	$	14,877	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid (refunds received) for income taxes, net	  	$	2,515	  	 	$	(5,380	) 	 	$	(1,257	) 	 	$	597	  	
Cash paid for interest and related debt fees, net of amounts capitalized	  	$	32,435	  	 	$	30,723	  	 	$	33,036	  	 	$	10,259	  	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 1: Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business — Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation, owns, operates and licenses high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. Our venues operate under the names “Dave & Buster’s” and “Dave & Buster’s Grand Sports Café.” As of February 3, 2013, there were 61 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada and one franchise location in Canada. Dave & Buster’s, Inc. operates its business as one operating and one reportable segment. We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 consists of 53 weeks. All other fiscal years presented herein consist of 52 weeks.
Dave & Buster’s, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a Missouri corporation. D&B Holdings is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (formerly known as Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc.) (“D&B Entertainment”), a Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively “Oak Hill” and together with their manager, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, and its related funds, “Oak Hill Capital Partners”) and certain members of the Board of Directors and management of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
D&B Entertainment owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of D&B Holdings. D&B Holdings owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
The ownership of Dave & Buster’s by D&B Entertainment commenced on June 1, 2010, when it acquired all of the outstanding common stock of D&B Holdings from Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors L.P. The June 1, 2010, acquisition transactions resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of our outstanding common stock and are collectively referred to as the “Acquisition.”
Basis of Presentation — The accompanying audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated.
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require operating results for Dave & Buster’s, Inc. prior to the Acquisition completed June 1, 2010 to be presented as the Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results subsequent to the Acquisition are presented as the Successor’s results and include all periods including and subsequent to June 1, 2010. There have been no changes in the business operations of the Company due to the Acquisition.
The financial statements include our accounts after elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. See discussion of advances/payables to D&B Entertainment under the “Related Party” section. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted, except share amounts.
Seasonality — Our revenues and operations are influenced by seasonal shifts in consumer spending. Revenues associated with spring and year-end holidays during our first and fourth quarters have historically been higher as compared to the other quarters and will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe spring and winter weather on customer traffic and sales during those periods. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
Use of estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents —We consider transaction settlements in process from credit card companies and all highly liquid temporary investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories —Inventories of food, beverages, merchandise and other supplies needed for our food service and amusement operations are stated at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out method.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Deferred tax assets — A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. As of February 3, 2013, we had recorded $1,158 as a valuation allowance against a portion of our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If our taxable income decreases in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining if an addition to the allowance would be required or the amount of the valuation allowance no longer required.
Property and equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to operations using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

 	  	Estimated Depreciable
Lives (In Years)	
Buildings	  	Shorter of 40

or expected
ground lease term	
Leasehold and building improvements	  	Shorter of 20
or expected lease term	
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	  	3-10	
Games	  	5-20	
Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized and depreciated based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset.
We review our property and equipment annually, on a store-by-store basis to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that may indicate the carrying values of these long-lived assets are impaired. We compare store-level undiscounted operating cash flows (which excludes interest, general and administrative and other allocated expenses) to the carrying amount of property and equipment allocated to each store. If the expected future cash flows are less than the asset carrying amount (an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable), we may recognize an impairment loss. Any impairment loss recognized equals the amount by which the asset carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We recognized an impairment loss of $200 during fiscal 2011 related to a store in Dallas, Texas, which we permanently closed on May 2, 2011. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal years 2012 or 2010.
Goodwill and other intangible assets —In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, such as tradenames, are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. We perform step one of the impairment test in our fourth quarter unless circumstances require this analysis to be completed sooner. Step one of the impairment test is based upon a comparison of the carrying value of our net assets, including goodwill balances, to the fair value of our net assets. Fair value is measured using a combination of the guideline company method, internal transaction method, and the income approach. The guideline company method uses valuation multiples from selected publicly-traded companies that we believe are exposed to market forces that are similar to those faced by the Company. The internal transaction method uses valuation information derived from the Acquisition described in Note 2 as it represents an arm’s length transaction involving the Company. The income approach consists of utilizing the discounted cash flow method that incorporates our estimates of future revenues and costs, discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Key assumptions used in our testing include future store openings, revenue growth, operating expenses and discount rate. Estimates of revenue growth and operating expenses are based on internal projections considering our past performance and forecasted growth, market economics and the business environment impacting our Company’s performance. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors. These estimates are highly subjective judgments and can be significantly impacted by changes in the business or economic conditions. Our estimates used in the income approach are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage operations. We do evaluate all methods to ensure reasonably consistent results. Based on the completion of the step one test, we determined that goodwill was not impaired.
The evaluation of the carrying amount of other intangible assets with indefinite lives is made at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the other intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
We have developed and acquired certain trademarks that are utilized in our business and have been determined to have finite lives. We also have intangible assets related to our non-compete agreements and customer relationships. These intangible assets are included in “Other assets and deferred charges” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are amortized over their useful lives.
 
F-7

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Deferred financing costs —The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with borrowings or establishment of credit facilities. These costs are included in other assets and deferred charges and are amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the borrowing or life of the credit facility. In the case of early debt principal repayments, the Company adjusts the value of the corresponding deferred financing costs with a charge to interest expense, and similarly adjusts the future amortization expense. The following table details amounts relating to those assets:

 	  	Fiscal Year ended	 	 	Fiscal Year ended	 	 	244 days ended	 	 	120 days ended	 	
 	  	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	 	January 30, 2011	 	 	May 31, 2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Balance at beginning of period	  	$	10,200	  	 	$	11,312	  	 	$	12,591	  	 	$	4,668	  	
Additional deferred financing costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	968	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Amortization during period	  	 	(2,241	) 	 	 	(2,080	) 	 	 	(1,279	) 	 	 	(479	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of period	  	$	7,959	  	 	$	10,200	  	 	$	11,312	  	 	$	4,189	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Self-Insurance Accruals— We are self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims, general liability matters and our company sponsored employee health insurance programs. We estimate the accrued liabilities for our self-insurance programs using historical claims experience and loss reserves, assisted by independent third-party actuaries. To limit our exposure to losses, we maintain stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers.
Comprehensive income —Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. In addition to net income (loss), unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) is included in comprehensive income. Unrealized translation gains for fiscal 2012 (Successor), fiscal 2011 (Successor), the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor) were $15, $42, $195, and $49, respectively.
Foreign currency translation— The financial statements related to the operations of our Toronto store are prepared in Canadian dollars. Income statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for each period, while the assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments for assets and liabilities are included in stockholder’s equity as a component of accumulated comprehensive income.
Fair Value Disclosures— Fair value is defined as the price that we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, GAAP establishes a three-level hierarchy used in measuring fair value, as follows:
 
 	•	Level 1 inputs are quoted prices available for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.	
 
 	•	Level 2 inputs are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	
 
 	•	Level 3 inputs are less observable and reflect our own assumptions.	
Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, our senior secured credit facility, and our senior notes. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates fair value because of their short maturities. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions. The fair value disclosures for our senior notes are presented in Note 8.
We may adjust the carrying amount of certain nonfinancial assets to fair value on a non-recurring basis when they are impaired. No such adjustments were made in fiscal year 2012 or 2011, except for the initial fair value assessment of our May 2011 assets held for sale, which were sold by January 29, 2012.
Reclassifications— One reclassification has been made to the fiscal year 2011 Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the fiscal year 2012 presentation. We reclassified $3,241 of accrued insurance liabilities as of January 29, 2012 to Accrued liabilities. This represents a portion of our insurance liabilities, which were accrued for at our fiscal year-end, that were previously reported in Other liabilities.
Share-based expense— The expense associated with share-based equity awards granted as more fully described in Note 11 have been calculated as required by current accounting standards related to stock compensation. The grant date fair values of the options granted in 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been determined based on the option pricing method prescribed in AICPA Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The expected term of the options were based on the
 
F-8

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
weighted average of anticipated exercise dates. Since we do not have publicly traded equity securities, the volatility of our options has been estimated using peer group volatility information. The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term. The significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value of the weighted-average options granted in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 	  	Fiscal 2012	 	 	Fiscal 2011	 	 	Fiscal 2010	 	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	
 	  	Service	 	 	Performance	 	 	Service	 	 	Performance	 	 	Service	 	 	Performance	 	 	
 	  	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	
Volatility	  	 	44.7	%	 	 	50.0	%	 	 	55.0	%	 	 	55.0	%	 	 	55.0	%	 	 	55.0	%	 	
Risk free interest rate	  	 	0.78	%	 	 	0.33	%	 	 	1.46	%	 	 	1.47	%	 	 	2.03	%	 	 	2.03	%	 	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.00	%	 	 	0.00	%	 	
Expected term – in years	  	 	4.9	  	 	 	3.0	  	 	 	4.0	  	 	 	4.0	  	 	 	4.7	  	 	 	4.7	  	 	
Weighted average calculated value	  	$	285.39	  	 	$	403.14	  	 	$	220.59	  	 	$	117.98	  	 	$	270.66	  	 	$	128.36	  	 	
The options granted in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 (Successor Periods) have been issued pursuant to the terms of the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan (“2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan”). The 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan allows the granting of nonqualified stock options to members of management, outside board members and consultants. Grantees may receive (i) time vesting options, which vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversary of the date of grant and/or (ii) performance vesting options which include Adjusted EBITDA vesting options that vest over a prescribed time period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year and IRR vesting options which vest upon a change in control of D&B Entertainment if Oak Hill’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to D&B Entertainment or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination).
Revenue recognition —Food and beverage revenues are recorded at point of service. Amusement revenues consist primarily of credits on Power Cards purchased and used by customers to activate most of the video and redemption games in our midway. Amusement revenues are primarily recognized upon utilization of these game play credits. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits which we believe our guests will utilize in the future.
Amusements costs of products —Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by redeeming the coupons for a prize in our “Winner’s Circle.” Customers may also store the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on coupons outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per coupon.
Advertising costs —Advertising costs are recorded as an expense in the period in which we incur the costs or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs expensed in fiscal year 2012 (Successor) were $28,502. Advertising costs expensed in fiscal 2011 (Successor) were $26,612. Advertising costs expensed in the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor) and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor) totaled $17,004 and $9,660, respectively.
Lease accounting —Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term commences on the date when we take possession and have the right to control the use of the leased premises. The lease term includes the initial non-cancelable lease term plus any periods covered by renewal options that we consider reasonably assured of exercising. The difference between rent payments and rent expense in any period is recorded as Deferred occupancy costs in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Construction allowances we receive from the lessor to reimburse us for the cost of leasehold improvements are recorded as Deferred occupancy costs and amortized as a reduction of rent over the term of the lease.
We had construction allowance receivables of $8,893 and $375 as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, respectively, related to our new store openings. Such balances are included in “Other current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. On February 15, 2013 we collected $7,667 from one of our landlords related to the fiscal 2012 outstanding receivable balance. The remainder of the receivable balance is payable pending satisfaction of certain requirements. All receivable amounts are expected to be collected.
 
F-9

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Related party transaction —We entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew. We incurred expenses of $799 during fiscal 2012, $860 during fiscal 2011 and $371 during the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement.
Prior to the Acquisition we had an expense reimbursement agreement with an affiliate of Wellspring, pursuant to which the Wellspring affiliate provided general advice to us in connection with long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provided for an annual expense reimbursement of up to $750 to the Wellspring affiliate. The agreement also provided for the dollar-for-dollar reimbursement of certain third-party expenses paid by Wellspring on behalf of the Company. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement would have expired in March 2011. In the 120 days ended May 31, 2010, we paid the Wellspring affiliate $255 under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement.
In addition to charges related to the expense reimbursement agreements described above, during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, we expensed approximately $361, $522 and $4,638, respectively, related to the Acquisition of Dave & Buster’s directed by Oak Hill. During the Predecessor portion of fiscal 2010, we expensed approximately $4,280 related to the sale of Dave & Buster’s arranged by Wellspring.
From time to time we temporarily advance funds to D&B Entertainment. We had a net payable of $3,349 and net receivable of $375 as of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, respectively. In fiscal 2012, we recognized approximately $2,940 of cost related to the withdrawn initial public offering of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes.
Pre-opening costs —Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores, including the cost of feasibility studies, pre-opening rent, training and recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. All pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.
Income taxes —We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We also recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions for those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of state tax regulations. As a result, we have established accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax accruals are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax accruals are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for taxes such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax accruals in the future, if or when such events occur.
As of February 3, 2013, we have accrued approximately $761 of unrecognized tax benefits, including approximately $290 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2012, we recognized approximately $469 of tax benefits and an additional $819 of benefits related to penalties and interest based upon lapsing of time and settlement with taxing jurisdictions. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, $412 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
Recent accounting pronouncements — In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, which requires a more uniform framework for fair value measurements and related disclosures between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This guidance also requires the following additional disclosures: (a) for Level Three fair value measurements, quantitative information about unobservable inputs used, a description of the valuation processes used by the entity, and a qualitative discussion about the sensitivity of the measurements to changes in the unobservable inputs; (b) for an entity’s use of a nonfinancial
 
F-10

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
asset that is different from the asset’s highest and best use, the reason for the difference; (c) for financial instruments not measured at fair value but for which disclosure of fair value is required, the fair value hierarchy level in which the fair value measurements were determined; and (d) the disclosure of all transfers between Level One and Level Two of the fair value hierarchy. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment requires additional disclosure but did not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity (our prior reporting method). In accordance with this new guidance, effective in the first quarter of 2012, we have elected to present items of net income and other comprehensive income as one statement. There are no changes to the accounting for items within comprehensive income. We have revised the reporting of fiscal 2011 other comprehensive income to conform to the current year presentation.
In September 2011, the FASB finalized guidance on Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The new guidance simplifies how entities test goodwill for impairment and permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment did not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. It allows companies to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary, similar in approach to the goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. We do not expect the provisions of ASU 2012-02 to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Note 2: Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquisition by Oak Hill
The Acquisition described in Note 1 has been accounted for in accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations and accordingly, has resulted in the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. On the closing date of the Acquisition the following events occurred:
 
 	•	All outstanding shares of D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive the per share acquisition consideration;	
 
 	•	All vested options to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest;	
 
 	•	We retired all outstanding debt and accrued interest related to the Predecessor’s senior secured credit facility and senior notes;	
 
 	•	We issued $200,000 of 11% senior notes due 2018;	
 
 	•	We entered into a senior secured credit facility which provides for senior secured financing of up to $200,000 consisting of:	
 
 	•	a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity on June 1, 2016, and	
 
 	•	a $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility of up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $1,000 for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility, with a maturity on June 1, 2015.	
The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The purchase price paid in the Acquisition has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 has been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
The aggregate purchase price was $595,998 in cash and newly issued debt, as described above. The following table represents the final allocation of the acquisition costs, including professional fees and other related costs, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values:

At June 1, 2010	  	 	 	
Purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Cash, including acquisition costs	  	$	245,498	  	
Debt, including debt issuance costs, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration	  	 	595,998	  	
Acquisition related costs:	  	 	 	 	
Included in general and administrative expenses for the fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	8,918	  	
Included in interest expense for fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	3,000	  	
Included in other long-term assets (debt issuance costs)	  	 	12,591	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total acquisition related costs	  	 	24,509	  	
Allocation of purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents of $19,718 and a current deferred tax asset of $16,073	  	 	71,287	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	315,914	  	
Trade name	  	 	79,000	  	
Other assets and deferred charges, including definite lived intangibles of $10,700	  	 	37,702	  	
Goodwill	  	 	272,359	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	776,262	  	
Current liabilities	  	 	64,958	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	65,521	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	36,928	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,857	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	180,264	  	
Net assets acquired, before debt	  	 	595,998	  	
Newly issued long-term debt, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	  	$	245,498	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table presents the allocation of the intangible assets subject to amortization (amounts in thousands, except for amortization periods):

 	  	Amount	 	  	Weighted  Avg.
Amortization
Years	 	
Trademarks	  	$	8,500	  	  	 	7.0	  	
Non-compete agreements	  	 	500	  	  	 	2.0	  	
Customer relationships	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	9.0	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets subject to amortization	  	$	10,700	  	  	 	7.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The goodwill of $272,359 arising from the Acquisition is largely attributable to the growth potential of the Company. As the Company does not have more than one operating segment, allocation of goodwill between segments is not required. A portion of the trademarks are deductible for tax purposes. No other intangibles, including goodwill, are deductible for tax purposes.
The fair value of other assets and deferred charges acquired includes notes receivable arising from sale-leaseback transactions on two properties with a fair value of $2,377. As of the Acquisition date, the gross amount due under the notes is $3,839, of which none is expected to be uncollectible.
Liabilities assumed were adjusted from Predecessor balances to recognize additional deferred income tax liabilities related to the increase in asset carrying values described above and to reflect the fair value of the obligations under operating leases.
Indefinite lived intangibles include tradenames in the amount of $79,000 and goodwill in the amount of $272,359 which are not subject to amortization, but instead are reviewed for impairment at least annually.
In the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 (Successor), transaction expenses consist of approximately $361 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. In the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012 (Successor), transactions expenses consist of approximately $522 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. The 2010 Successor period transaction expenses consist of a $3,000 fee related to
 
F-12

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
bridge loan financing required to complete the Acquisition and approximately $4,638 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. The Predecessor period transaction expenses consist of approximately $4,280 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. The bridge financing fee is reported as a component of interest expense, net and the legal and professional fees are reported as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Historically, the Predecessor has accounted for amusement smallwares as a component of inventory. Amusements smallwares inventory includes items classified in the following categories: electronics, general supplies, game parts, light bulbs and Power Cards. These supplies are necessary for the start-up and day-to-day amusement operation of a store and supply levels on hand remain relatively constant over time. The Successor has elected to classify amusement smallwares as a component of fixed assets and depreciate the assets over an estimated useful life of five years. Replacements of amusement smallwares items will be expensed as incurred as store operations expense.
 
F-13

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Note 3: Casualty loss
On May 2, 2010, flooding occurred in Nashville, Tennessee, causing considerable damage to our Nashville store and the retail mall where our store is located. The store is covered by up to $25,000 in property and business interruption insurance subject to an overall deductible of one thousand dollars.
During fiscal 2011, we recorded $3,215 as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to the recovery of business interruption losses from our insurance carrier, of which $1,629 was received in fiscal 2010 and deferred until the restrictions lapsed. Additionally, during fiscal 2011, we have received $2,414 from our insurance carrier which settled in full the casualty related receivables we recorded in 2010. $798 of the funds received relates to property and equipment, $156 relates to inventories, $778 relates to pre-opening costs, and $682 relates to remediation expenses and other costs incurred as a result of the flood. The build-out of our leased facility was completed prior to January 29, 2012, and our landlord delivered to us assets with a fair value of $2,443, which resulted in a gain that we recorded in “Other store operating expenses” of $955. As of January 29, 2012, all receivables casualty related have been collected and we expect no further collections related to this casualty loss. The store reopened on November 28, 2011.
During the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, we recognized a $3,757 pretax gain on insurance proceeds received related to computers, furniture, fixtures and game equipment and that amount is included as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Successor’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. This gain is the difference between the $4,808 cash proceeds received from our insurance carrier and the $1,051 receivable balance previously recorded for these assets. In addition, during fiscal 2010, $2,559 and $210 has been recognized as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 and 120 days ended May 31, 2010, respectively, related to the recovery of business interruption losses.
Note 4: Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:

 	  	February 3,	 	  	January 29,	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2012	 	 	
Operating store—food and beverage	  	$	3,581	  	  	$	3,096	  	 	
Operating store—amusement	  	 	6,125	  	  	 	6,236	  	 	
Corporate supplies, warehouse and other	  	 	5,143	  	  	 	5,508	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
 	  	$	14,849	  	  	$	14,840	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	
Amusement inventory includes electronic equipment, stuffed animals and small novelty items used as redemption prizes for certain midway games, as well as supplies needed for midway operations.
 
F-14

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Note 5: Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:

 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	
Buildings	  	$	13,919	  	 	$	13,292	  	 	
Leasehold and building improvements	  	 	288,555	  	 	 	247,382	  	 	
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	  	 	93,693	  	 	 	69,776	  	 	
Games	  	 	73,094	  	 	 	60,948	  	 	
Construction in progress	  	 	7,435	  	 	 	15,366	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost	  	 	476,696	  	 	 	406,764	  	 	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	(139,457	) 	 	 	(83,422	) 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	  	$	337,239	  	 	$	323,342	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest costs capitalized during the construction of facilities were $510 for fiscal 2012 (Successor), $759 for fiscal 2011 (Successor), $62 for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $110 for the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor).
Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Depreciation expense totaled $61,957 for fiscal 2012 (Successor), $52,623 for fiscal 2011 (Successor), $32,687 for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and $15,696 for the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor).
Note 6: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012 are as follows:

 	  	Gross Amount	 	
Goodwill Balance at January 30, 2011 (Successor)	  	$	272,626	  	
Adjustment from subsequent finalization of income tax basis	  	 	(267	) 	
Foreign exchange differences	  	 	(73	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill Balance at January 29, 2012 (Successor)	  	 	272,286	  	
Foreign exchange differences	  	 	(8	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill Balance at February 3, 2013 (Successor)	  	$	272,278	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table presents our goodwill and intangible assets at February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012:

 	  	Weighted-
Average
Useful Lives	 	  	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	Gross Carrying
Amount	 	  	Accumulated
Amortization	 	 	Gross Carrying
Amount	 	  	Accumulated
Amortization	 	 	 	 	
Not subject to amortization:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  	 	 	 	  	$	272,278	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	272,286	  	  	$	—  	  	 	 	 	
Tradenames	  	 	 	 	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total not subject to amortization	  	 	 	 	  	 	351,278	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	351,286	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Subject to amortization:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademarks	  	 	7 years	  	  	 	8,500	  	  	 	(3,255	) 	 	 	8,500	  	  	 	(2,027	) 	 	 	 	
Customer relationships	  	 	9 years	  	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	(506	) 	 	 	1,700	  	  	 	(316	) 	 	 	 	
Non-compete agreements	  	 	2 years	  	  	 	500	  	  	 	(500	) 	 	 	500	  	  	 	(418	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total subject to amortization	  	 	 	 	  	 	10,700	  	  	 	(4,261	) 	 	 	10,700	  	  	 	(2,761	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total goodwill and intangibles	  	 	 	 	  	$	361,978	  	  	$	(4,261	) 	 	$	361,986	  	  	$	(2,761	) 	 	 	 	

 
F-15

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
The weighted-average amortization period for intangibles subject to amortization is 7.1 years. Amortization expense was $1,500, $1,654, $1,107 and $528 for the fiscal year 2012 (Successor), fiscal year ended January 29, 2012 (Successor), the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), respectively. Estimated amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the five succeeding years and beyond is as follows:

 	  	Amortization	 	 	
 	  	Expense	 	 	
2013	  	$	1,399	  	 	
2014	  	 	1,399	  	 	
2015	  	 	1,399	  	 	
2016	  	 	1,399	  	 	
2017	  	 	588	  	 	
Thereafter	  	 	255	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	
Total future amortization expense	  	$	6,439	  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	
Note 7: Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 	  	February 3, 2013	 	  	January 29, 2012	 	
Compensation and benefits	  	$	15,205	  	  	$	12,447	  	
Deferred amusement revenue	  	 	11,675	  	  	 	10,453	  	
Rent	  	 	8,902	  	  	 	7,597	  	
Amusement redemption liability	  	 	7,144	  	  	 	5,895	  	
Interest	  	 	4,242	  	  	 	5,788	  	
Sales and use taxes	  	 	4,282	  	  	 	3,972	  	
Deferred gift card revenue	  	 	4,028	  	  	 	3,860	  	
Current portion of long term insurance reserves	  	 	3,000	  	  	 	3,200	  	
Property taxes	  	 	2,884	  	  	 	2,844	  	
Other	  	 	5,762	  	  	 	6,901	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total accrued liabilities	  	$	67,124	  	  	$	62,957	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Note 8: Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 	  	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	
Senior secured credit facility—term	  	$	145,875	  	 	$	147,750	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	 	 	200,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt outstanding	  	 	345,875	  	 	 	347,750	  	
Unamortized debt discount	  	 	(796	) 	 	 	(1,083	) 	
Less current installments	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(1,500	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount	  	$	343,579	  	 	$	345,167	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Senior Secured Credit Facility
Our senior secured credit facility provides (a) a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2016, and (b) a $50,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2015. The $50,000 revolving credit facility includes (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility and (iii) a $1,000 (in US Dollar equivalent) sub-facility available in Canadian dollars to the Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide financing for general purposes. The Company originally received proceeds on the term loan facility of $148,500, net of a $1,500 discount. The discount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan facility. As of February 3, 2013, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $145,875 ($145,079, net of discount) under the term facility and $4,327 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions. The interest rate on the term loan facility at February 3, 2013 was 5.5%. The fair value of the Company’s senior secured credit facility was determined to be a Level Two instrument as defined by GAAP.
 
F-16

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under our senior secured credit facility are set periodically based on, at our option, either (1) the greatest of (a) the defined prime rate in effect, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect plus 1 / 2 of 1% and (c) a Eurodollar rate, which is subject to a minimum (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian prime rate or Canadian cost of funds rate), for one-, two-, three- or six-months (or, if agreed by the applicable lenders, nine or twelve months) or, in relation to the Canadian revolving credit facility, 30-, 60-, 90- or 180-day interest periods chosen by us or our Canadian subsidiary, as applicable in each case (the “Base Rate”), plus an applicable margin percentage between 2.50% and 4.50% or (2) a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin.
The senior secured credit facility requires compliance with financial covenants including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test and a maximum leverage ratio test. The Company is required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 4.50:1.00 as of February 3, 2013. The financial covenants will become more restrictive over time. The required minimum fixed charge coverage ratio increases annually to a required ratio of 1.30:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. The maximum leverage ratio decreases annually to a required ratio of 3.25:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes negative covenants restricting or limiting, D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and sell or acquire assets. Virtually all of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral for the senior secured credit facility.
On May 13, 2011, the Company executed an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the senior secured credit facility. The Amendment reduced the applicable term loan margins and LIBOR floor used in setting interest rates, as well as limited the Company’s requirement to meet the covenant ratios, as stipulated in the Amendment, until such time as we make a draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12,000. As of February 3, 2013, we have had no draws on our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit have not exceeded $12,000, and as such we were not required to maintain financial ratios under our senior secured credit facility.
Funds managed by Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (the “OHA Funds”) comprise one of twenty-two creditors participating in the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. As of February 3, 2013, the OHA Funds held approximately 9.43%, or $13,753, of our total term loan obligation. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. is an independent investment firm that is not an affiliate of Oak Hill and is not under common control with Oak Hill. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC co-manage Oak Hill Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a private fund. Certain employees of Oak Hill, in their individual capacities, have passive investments in Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and/or the funds it manages.
Our senior secured credit facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), material judgments, actual or asserted failures of any guarantee or security document supporting the senior secured credit facility to be in full force and effect and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Senior notes —Our senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes. Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40.0% of the original principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As of February 3, 2013, our $200,000 of senior notes had an approximate fair value of $226,000 based on quoted market price. The fair value of the Company’s senior notes was considered to be Level One instruments as defined by GAAP.
The senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the senior secured credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of February 3, 2013.
Debt obligations —The following table sets forth our future debt payment obligations as of February 3, 2013 (excluding repayment obligations under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility).

F-17

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued

 	  	Debt Outstanding	 	
 	  	as of February 3, 2013	 	
1 year or less	  	$	1,500	  	
2 years	  	 	1,500	  	
3 years	  	 	1,500	  	
4 years	  	 	141,375	  	
5 years	  	 	—  	  	
Thereafter	  	 	200,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future payments	  	$	345,875	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table sets forth our recorded interest expense, net:

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	244 Days	 	 	120 Days	 	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	 	
 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	 	January 30,	 	 	May 31,	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	 	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	 	
Gross interest expense	  	$	31,393	  	 	$	31,313	  	 	$	24,290	  	 	$	6,701	  	 	 	 	
Amortization of issuance cost and discount	  	 	2,528	  	 	 	2,329	  	 	 	1,447	  	 	 	479	  	 	 	 	
Capitalized interest	  	 	(510	) 	 	 	(759	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	(110	) 	 	 	 	
Interest income	  	 	(336	) 	 	 	(367	) 	 	 	(189	) 	 	 	(94	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest expense, net	  	$	33,075	  	 	$	32,516	  	 	$	25,486	  	 	$	6,976	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 9: Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	244 Days	 	 	120 Days	 	 	
 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	 	
 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	 	January 30,	 	 	May 30,	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	 	 	
 	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	 	
Current expense	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	$	2,845	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	(1,527	) 	 	$	578	  	 	 	 	
Foreign	  	 	361	  	 	 	(175	) 	 	 	188	  	 	 	47	  	 	 	 	
State and local	  	 	331	  	 	 	583	  	 	 	33	  	 	 	1,019	  	 	 	 	
Deferred expense (benefit)	  	 	(10,895	) 	 	 	271	  	 	 	(1,245	) 	 	 	(2,241	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	$	(7,358	) 	 	$	679	  	 	$	(2,551	) 	 	$	(597	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and assets in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 	  	February 3,
2013	 	 	January 29,
2012	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademark/trade name	  	$	31,928	  	 	$	31,216	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	189	  	 	 	549	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	963	  	 	 	5,562	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	33,080	  	 	 	37,327	  	
Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Leasing transactions	  	 	3,838	  	 	 	2,739	  	
Worker’s compensation and general liability insurance	  	 	3,666	  	 	 	3,323	  	
Smallware supplies	  	 	713	  	 	 	728	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	7,252	  	 	 	5,981	  	
Deferred compensation	  	 	1,140	  	 	 	707	  	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	2,770	  	 	 	1,634	  	
Tax credit carryovers	  	 	3,227	  	 	 	9,094	  	
State and federal net operating loss carryovers	  	 	3,444	  	 	 	5,309	  	
Indirect benefit of unrecognized tax benefits	  	 	216	  	 	 	693	  	
Other	  	 	1,391	  	 	 	1,333	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	27,657	  	 	 	31,541	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets – US	  	 	(1,158	) 	 	 	(11,249	) 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets – Canada	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(441	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance	  	 	26,499	  	 	 	19,851	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	6,581	  	 	$	17,476	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Net deferred tax liability is presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 	  	February 3,
2013	 	  	January 29,
2012	 	
Deferred income taxes—current	  	$	18,209	  	  	$	13,382	  	
Other assets and deferred charge	  	 	286	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets	  	 	18,495	  	  	 	13,382	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred income taxes—current	  	 	189	  	  	 	550	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,887	  	  	 	30,308	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	  	 	25,076	  	  	 	30,858	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	6,581	  	  	$	17,476	  	

F-18

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
At February 3, 2013, we had a valuation allowance of $1,158 against our deferred tax assets. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences become deductible. In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, at February 3, 2013 we considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of recent historical taxable income; consistent generation of annual taxable income, and estimations of future taxable income we have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize the federal tax benefits associated with our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets for federal taxes by $6,661. We assessed the realizability of the deferred tax assets associated with state taxes, foreign taxes and uncertain tax positions and have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize a portion of these benefits. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for state taxes and uncertain tax positions by $3,429. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible.
As of February 3, 2013, we had federal tax credit carryforwards of $3,177, including $2,507 of general business credits and $670 of AMT credit carryovers. There is a 20-year carryforward on general business credits and AMT credits can be carried forward indefinitely. As of February 3, 2013, we have fully utilized our federal net operating loss carryforwards.
The State of Texas has enacted legislation which established a tax based on taxable margin. As a result of the legislation and in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes, we recorded an income tax expense of $269, $228 and $222 for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2013, January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, respectively.
We currently anticipate that approximately $139 of unrecognized tax benefits will be settled through federal and state audits or will be recognized as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations during fiscal 2012. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $412 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns, which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state, or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to 2008. In fiscal 2011 the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for fiscal 2009. As of February 3, 2013, the IRS has not proposed any adjustments to the Company’s tax returns. The Company does not anticipate that the current examination will result in a material change to its financial position.
The change in unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest, penalties and related income tax benefits, for fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 were as follows:

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	244 Days Ended	 	 	120 Days Ended	 	 	
 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	 	January 30,	 	 	May 31,	 	 	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	
Balance at beginning of year	  	$	940	  	 	$	881	  	 	$	2,062	  	 	$	2,199	  	 	 	
Additions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	108	  	 	 	118	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	442	  	 	 	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(161	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	
Additions for tax positions of current year	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	
Settlements	  	 	(576	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(579	) 	 	 	
Lapse of statute of limitations	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(59	) 	 	 	(1,020	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of year	  	$	471	  	 	$	940	  	 	$	881	  	 	$	2,062	  	 	 	

F-19

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
As of February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, the accrued interest and penalties on the unrecognized tax benefits were $290 and $1,109, respectively, excluding any related income tax benefits. The Company recorded accrued interest related to the unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate follows:

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
February 3,
2013	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January 29, 2012	 	 	244 Days Ended
January 30,
2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Federal corporate statutory rate	  	 	35.0	%	 	 	35.0	%	 	 	35.0	%	 	 	35.0	%	
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	  	 	1.9	%	 	 	(8.6	)%	 	 	(8.6	)%	 	 	2.6	%	
Foreign taxes	  	 	(0.3	)%	 	 	(7.9	)%	 	 	(0.9	)%	 	 	(1.4	)%	
Nondeductible expenses	  	 	8.7	%	 	 	46.6	%	 	 	(22.4	)%	 	 	(10.6	)%	
Tax credits	  	 	(24.2	)%	 	 	(132.4	)%	 	 	18.4	%	 	 	29.8	%	
Valuation allowance	  	 	(94.8	)%	 	 	51.5	%	 	 	(2.2	)%	 	 	(26.3	)%	
Change in reserve	  	 	(12.1	)%	 	 	13.8	%	 	 	16.9	%	 	 	2.7	%	
Other	  	 	16.7	%	 	 	43.6	%	 	 	(3.0	)%	 	 	(10.0	)%	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	  	 	(69.1	)% 	 	 	41.6	% 	 	 	33.2	% 	 	 	21.8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 10: Leases
We lease certain property and equipment under various non-cancelable capital and operating leases. Some of the leases include options for renewal or extension on various terms. Most of the leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and maintenance of the leased assets. Certain leases also have provisions for additional contingent rentals based on revenues. For fiscal 2012 (Successor), rent expense for operating leases was $50, 561, including contingent rentals of $2,620. For fiscal 2011 (Successor), rent expense for operating leases was $47,342, including contingent rentals of $2,310. For the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor) and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), rent expense for operating leases was $30,502 and $15,140, respectively, including contingent rentals of $1,358 and $945, respectively. At February 3, 2013 future minimum lease payments, including any periods covered by renewal options we are reasonably assured of exercising (including the sale/leaseback transactions described below), are:

2013	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	Thereafter	 	  	Total	 	
$ 51,269	  	$	51,087	  	  	$	49,656	  	  	$	48,523	  	  	$	46,686	  	  	$	211,223	  	  	$	458,444	  	
At February 3, 2013, we also had lease commitments on equipment as follows:

2013	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	Thereafter	 	  	Total	 	
$ 838	  	$	583	  	  	$	393	  	  	$	9	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	1,823	  	
We currently have signed nine additional lease agreements for future sites. Our commitments under these agreements are contingent upon among other things, the landlord’s delivery of access to the premises for construction. Future obligations related to these agreements are not included in the table above.
During 2000 and 2001, we completed the sale/leaseback of three stores and the corporate headquarters. Cash proceeds of $24,774 were received along with twenty-year notes aggregating $6,750. The notes bear interest of 7% to 7.5%. At the end of fiscal years 2012 and 2011, the aggregate balance of the notes receivable due from the lessors under the sale/leaseback agreements was $3,201 and $3,468, respectively. Future minimum principal and interest payments due to us under these notes are as follows:

2013	  	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	Thereafter	 	  	Total	 	
$ 489	  	$	489	  	  	$	489	  	  	$	489	  	  	$	489	  	  	$	1,913	  	  	$	4,358	  	

F-20

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Note 11: Common Stock
Stock Option Plans-Successor
In June 2010 the members of D&B Entertainment Board of Directors approved the adoption of the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan. The 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan provides for the granting of options to acquire stock in D&B Entertainment to certain of our employees, outside directors and consultants. The options are subject to either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting. Options granted under the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan terminate on the ten-year anniversary of the grants.
The various options provided for in the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan are as follows, in each case subject to the grantees continued employment with or service to D&B Entertainment or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination):
Service-based options
These options contain a service-based (or time-based) vesting provision, whereby the options will vest annually in five equal amounts. Upon sale of the Company or completion of an initial public offering, all service-based options will fully vest.
Performance-based options
These options contain various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a prescribed time period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year during the vesting period. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options also vest upon a D&B Entertainment change of control provided that prescribed Oak Hill internal rate of return (IRR) conditions are met. IRR vesting options vest upon a change in control of D&B Entertainment if Oak Hill’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration.
Transactions during fiscal year 2012 under the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan were as follows:

 	  	Service based options	 	  	Performance based options	 	
 	  	 	 	 	Weighted	 	  	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	  	Number
of Options	 	 	Average
Exercise Price	 	  	Number
of Options	 	 	Average
Exercise Price	 	
Options outstanding at beginning of year	  	 	4,172	  	 	$	1,001	  	  	 	11,813	  	 	$	1,001	  	
Granted	  	 	860	  	 	 	1,318	  	  	 	810	  	 	 	1,212	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(66	) 	 	 	1,000	  	  	 	(461	) 	 	 	1,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding at end of year	  	 	4,966	  	 	 	1,056	  	  	 	12,162	  	 	 	1,015	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options exercisable at end of year	  	 	1,464	  	 	$	1,001	  	  	 	2,304	  	 	$	1,020	  	

F-21

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
We recorded share-based compensation expense related to our stock option plan of $1,099 during the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, $1,038 during the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012 and $794 during the 244 days ended January 30, 2011. The unrecognized expense related to our stock option plan totaled approximately $1,681 as of February 3, 2013 and will be expensed over a weighted average 1.6 years. The weighted average grant date fair value per option granted in fiscal year 2012 was $526.55. The average remaining term for all options outstanding at February 3, 2013 is 7.7 years.
In the event that vesting of the previously unvested options is accelerated for any reason, the remaining unamortized share-based compensation would be accelerated. In addition, assumptions made regarding forfeitures in determining the remaining unamortized share-based compensation would be re-evaluated to determine if additional share-based compensation expense would be required for any changes in the underlying assumptions.
Other Information – Related Party Transactions
On September 30, 2010, D&B Entertainment repurchased one thousand five hundred shares of its common stock from a former member of management for $1,500, all of which was paid by the Company on behalf of D&B Entertainment prior to January 29, 2012. D&B Entertainment retained the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On March 23, 2011, D&B Entertainment sold to a member of management seventy-five shares of its common stock held as treasury stock for an aggregate price of $75, the value based on an independent third party valuation prepared as of January 30, 2011.
On June 28, 2011, D&B Entertainment repurchased approximately ninety shares of its common stock from a former member of management for approximately $90, of which the Company, on behalf of D&B Entertainment, paid $15. D&B Entertainment is holding the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On January 13, 2012, D&B Entertainment repurchased approximately four hundred twenty-two shares of its common stock from a former member of management for approximately $506, all of which was paid by the Company on behalf of D&B Entertainment. D&B Entertainment retained the purchased shares as treasury stock.
On January 18, 2012, D&B Entertainment sold approximately eight hundred thirty-three shares of its common stock previously held as treasury stock to three outside directors for an aggregate price of approximately $1,000. Proceeds from the sale were used to repay funds that had been advanced to D&B Entertainment by the Company. The per share sales price approximates the value per share as determined by an independent third party valuation prepared as of October 30, 2011.
As of February 3, 2013, Oak Hill controls approximately 95.4% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.6% of the outstanding common stock of D&B Entertainment.
Note 12: Employee Benefit Plan
We sponsor a plan to provide retirement benefits under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”) for all employees who have completed a specified term of service. Our contributions may range from 0% to 100% of employee contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible employee compensation, as defined by the 401(k) Plan. Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation on a pretax basis. Benefits under the 401(k) Plan are limited to the assets of the 401(k) Plan. Expenses related to our contributions to the 401(k) plan were $382, $273, and $153 for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
 
F-22

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Note 13: Contingencies
We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such legal proceedings and claims will not materially affect the consolidated results of our operations or our financial condition.
We are subject to the terms of a settlement agreement with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) that requires us, on an ongoing basis, to establish, implement, and maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information collected from or about consumers. The agreement does not require us to pay any fines or other monetary assessments and we do not believe that the terms of the agreement will have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, or financial performance.
We lease certain property and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases. Some of the leases include options for renewal or extension on various terms. Most of the leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance, and maintenance of the leased assets. Certain leases also have provisions for additional contingent rentals based on revenues.
Note 14: Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The subsidiaries’ guarantee of the senior notes are full and unconditional and joint and several.
The accompanying condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-10 “Financial statements of guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.” No other condensed consolidating financial statements are presented herein. The results of operations and cash flows from operating activities from the non-guarantor subsidiary were $249 and $3,474, respectively, for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 and $46 and $(149), respectively for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012. There are no restrictions on cash distributions from the non-guarantor subsidiary.
February 3, 2013:

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.	 	
Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	85,696	  	  	$	6,122	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	91,818	  	
Property and equipment, net (Note 5)	  	 	333,018	  	  	 	4,221	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	337,239	  	
Tradenames (Note 6)	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill (Note 6)	  	 	273,725	  	  	 	(1,447	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	272,278	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	4,215	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,215	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	23,854	  	  	 	364	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,218	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	799,508	  	  	$	9,260	  	 	$	(4,215	) 	 	$	804,553	  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	87,936	  	  	$	4,947	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	92,883	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,887	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	24,887	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	69,446	  	  	 	98	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	69,544	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,684	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	12,684	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 8)	  	 	343,579	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	343,579	  	
Stockholder’s equity	  	 	260,976	  	  	 	4,215	  	  	 	(4,215	) 	 	 	260,976	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	799,508	  	  	$	9,260	  	  	$	(4,215	) 	 	$	804,553	  	

 
F-23

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
January 29, 2012:

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.	 	
Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	71,890	  	  	$	3,104	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	74,994	  	
Property and equipment, net (Note 5)	  	 	318,501	  	  	 	4,841	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	323,342	  	
Tradenames (Note 6)	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill (Note 6)	  	 	273,727	  	  	 	(1,441	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	272,286	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	3,951	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(3,951	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	28,963	  	  	 	77	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29,040	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	776,032	  	  	$	6,581	  	 	$	(3,951	) 	 	$	778,662	  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	87,315	  	  	$	2,569	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	89,884	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	30,308	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	30,308	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	63,040	  	  	 	61	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	63,101	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	8,337	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	8,337	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 8)	  	 	345,167	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	345,167	  	
Stockholder’s equity	  	 	241,865	  	  	 	3,951	  	  	 	(3,951	) 	 	 	241,865	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	776,032	  	  	$	6,581	  	  	$	(3,951	) 	 	$	778,662	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 15: Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2013	 	 	
 	  	First	 	  	Second	 	  	Third	 	 	Fourth	 	 	
 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	 	Quarter	 	 	 	
 	  	4/29/2012	 	  	7/29/2012	 	  	10/28/2012	 	 	2/3/2013 (1)	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	163,474	  	  	$	147,941	  	  	$	131,066	  	 	$	165,586	  	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	14,725	  	  	 	315	  	  	 	(10,541	) 	 	 	6,140	  	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	 	10,984	  	  	 	687	  	  	 	(1,621	) 	 	 	7,947	  	 	 	
 
(1)	Our fiscal 2012 year consisted of 53 weeks. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except the fourth quarterly period ended February 3, 2013, which consists of 14 weeks. We have estimated the revenues during the 53 rd  week of fiscal 2012 to be $10,355.	

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 2012	 	 	
 	  	First	 	  	Second	 	 	Third	 	 	Fourth	 	 	
 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	 	Quarter	 	 	Quarter	 	 	 	
 	  	5/1/2011	 	  	7/31/2011	 	 	10/30/2011	 	 	1/29/2012	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	148,603	  	  	$	128,664	  	 	$	120,322	  	 	$	143,956	  	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	10,069	  	  	 	(4,806	) 	 	 	(7,571	) 	 	 	3,942	  	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	 	6,718	  	  	 	(3,118	) 	 	 	(4,447	) 	 	 	1,802	  	 	 	
 
F-24

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
During 2012, we opened four locations: Oklahoma City, Oklahoma in the first quarter, Orland Park, Illinois in the third quarter, Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho both in the fourth quarter. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we permanently closed one store in Dallas, Texas. During 2011, we opened two locations: Orlando, Florida, in the second quarter and Braintree, Massachusetts, in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, our location in Nashville, Tennessee, reopened after being closed since the first quarter of fiscal 2010, due to flooding. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2012 were $150, $559, $1,089 and $1,262 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2011 were $740, $1,431, $587 and $1,428 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

F-25

Table of Contents
INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	
 	 	
3.1	  	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
3.2	  	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
4.1	  	Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 among the Registrant, the Guarantors as defined therein and Wells Fargo National Association, as Trustee. (1)	
 	 	
4.2	  	Form of 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1)	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2010, among Games Intermediate Merger Corp., Games Merger Corp., 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (1)	
 	 	
10.2	  	First Amendment, dated as of May 13, 2011, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, among Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc., the Registrant, 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (2)	
 	 	
10.3	  	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2010, by and among Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, the Registrant, and the various executive officers of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
10.4	  	Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan. (1)	
 	 	
10.5	  	Amendment No. 1 to the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. Management Incentive Plan. (2)	
 	 	
10.6	  	Amendment No. 2 to the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. Management Incentive Plan. (4)	
 	 	
10.7	  	Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Oak Hill Capital Management LLC. (3)	
 	 	
12.1	  	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (4)	
 	 	
21.1	  	Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (4)	
 	 	
31.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (4)	
 	 	
31.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (4)	
 	 	
32.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (4)	
 	 	
32.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (4)	
 	 	
101	  	XBRL Interactive Datafiles	
 
(1)	Filed as an exhibit to registration statement on Form S-4 filed August 11, 2010, SEC File No. 333-168759, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(2)	Filed as an exhibit to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended May 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(3)	Filed as an exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(4)	Filed herewith.	
 
E-1

Exhibit 10.6
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO THE
DAVE & BUSTER’S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
2010 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of January 29, 2013, for the purpose of amending that certain Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (f/k/a Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc.) (the “ Company ”) 2010 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), adopted as of June 1, 2010 and amended as of February 25, 2011. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan unless otherwise indicated.
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to amend the Plan such that upon and following an IPO (i) so long as there is a public market for the Stock, broker-assisted cashless exercise shall be permitted, (ii) the Option exercise period following certain terminations of employment shall be tolled for any lock-up period in connection with or following the IPO (up to the full Option Period) and (iii) Company repurchase rights under any Award Agreement for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award shall expire; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15(a) of the Plan, the Board may amend the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as set forth herein:
 
1.	Amendments.	
(a) Section 7(b) of the Plan is hereby amended to insert the following sentence at the end thereof:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, effective immediately upon the occurrence of an IPO, so long as there is a public market for the Stock, in addition to any permissible methods of paying the Option Price pursuant to this Section 7(b), subject to any administrative conditions as the Committee may establish, the Option Price may also be payable by delivering to the Committee a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of loan proceeds, or proceeds of the sale of the Stock subject to the Option, sufficient to pay the Option Price.”
(b) Section 7(c)(iv) of the Plan is hereby amended to insert the following sentence at the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, effective immediately upon the occurrence of an IPO, if any portion of an Option shall remain exercisable for a period following the date the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than due to termination of the Participant’s employment for Cause or the Participant’s resignation without Good Reason (a “ Post-Termination Exercise Period ”), such Post-Termination Exercise Period shall be tolled for any portion of any Restricted Period (as defined below) that occurs during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, but in no event shall such Post-Termination Exercise Period (as may be tolled by any Restricted Period) expire following the end of the Option Period. For purposes of this Plan, “ Restricted Period ” shall mean any “lock-up” period or similar period of restriction following such IPO during which the Company and holders of Stock may not effect any public sale or distribution of Stock pursuant to any “lock-up” agreement or similar agreement with the Company or any underwriter with respect to such IPO (a “ Lock-Up Agreement ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Post-Termination Exercise Period shall not be tolled for any portion of any Restricted Period during which a public sale or distribution of Stock may be made pursuant to an exception to the Restricted Period set forth in the applicable Lock-Up Agreement.”
(c) Section 7(c) of the Plan is hereby amended to insert the following clause (vii) at the end thereof:
“(vii) Effective immediately upon the occurrence of an IPO, any provision in any Award Agreement evidencing an Option that provides for the Company’s right to repurchase shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of such Option shall be deemed null and void and shall have no further effect.”
 
2.	Miscellaneous.	
(a) Except as amended hereby, the Plan remains in full force and effect.
(b) All of the terms of and rights under this Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.
As adopted by the Board of Directors of
Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. on January 29, 2013

Exhibit 12.1
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
(dollars in thousands, except ratios)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2013	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
January 29, 2012	 	  	244 Days Ended
January 30, 2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May 31, 2010	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	$	10,639	  	  	$	1,634	  	  	$	(7,708	) 	 	$	(2,735	) 	
Add: Total fixed charges (per below)	  	 	50,605	  	  	 	49,264	  	  	 	35,803	  	 	 	12,176	  	
Less: Capitalized interest	  	 	510	  	  	 	759	  	  	 	62	  	 	 	110	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total income before provision for income taxes, plus fixed charges, less capitalized interest	  	 	60,734	  	  	 	50,139	  	  	 	28,033	  	 	 	9,331	  	
Fixed charges:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (1)	  	 	33,411	  	  	 	32,883	  	  	 	25,675	  	 	 	7,070	  	
Capitalized interest	  	 	510	  	  	 	759	  	  	 	62	  	 	 	110	  	
Estimate of interest included in rental expense (2)	  	 	16,684	  	  	 	15,622	  	  	 	10,066	  	 	 	4,996	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	  	$	50,605	  	  	$	49,264	  	  	$	35,803	  	 	$	12,176	  	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)	  	 	1.20x	  	  	 	1.02x	  	  	 	0.78x	  	 	 	0.77x	  	
 
(1)	Interest expense includes interest in association with debt and amortization of debt issuance costs.	
(2)	Fixed charges include our estimate of interest included in rental payments (one-third of rent expense under operating leases).	
(3)	Earnings for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 and 120 days ended May 31, 2010 were insufficient to cover the fixed charges by $7,770 and $2,845, respectively.	

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name	  	State or Other
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Or Organization	
D&B Leasing, Inc.	  	Texas	
D&B Marketing Company, LLC	  	Virginia	
DANB Texas, Inc.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s I, L.P.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of California, Inc.	  	California	
Dave & Buster’s of Connecticut, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Colorado, Inc.	  	Colorado	
Dave & Buster’s of Florida, Inc.	  	Florida	
Dave & Buster’s of Georgia, Inc.	  	Georgia	
Dave & Buster’s of Hawaii, Inc.	  	Hawaii	
Dave & Buster’s of Idaho, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Illinois, Inc.	  	Illinois	
Dave & Buster’s of Indiana, Inc.	  	Indiana	
Dave & Buster’s of Kansas, Inc.	  	Kansas	
Dave & Buster’s of Louisiana, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Maryland, Inc.	  	Maryland	
Dave & Buster’s of Massachusetts, Inc.	  	Massachusetts	
Dave & Buster’s of Nebraska, Inc.	  	Nebraska	
Dave & Buster’s of New Mexico, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of New York, Inc.	  	New York	
Dave & Buster’s of Oklahoma, Inc.	  	Oklahoma	
Dave & Buster’s of Oregon, Inc.	  	Oregon	
Dave & Buster’s of Pennsylvania, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of Pittsburgh, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of Virginia, Inc.	  	Virginia	
Dave & Buster’s of Washington, Inc.	  	Washington	
Dave & Buster’s of Wisconsin, Inc.	  	Wisconsin	
Tango Acquisition, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango License Corporation	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arizona, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arundel, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Farmingdale, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Franklin, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Houston, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of North Carolina, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Tennessee, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Westbury, Inc.	  	Delaware	
6131646 Canada, Inc.	  	Canada	

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: April 16, 2013	  	/s/ Stephen M. King	
 	  	Stephen M. King	
 	  	Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: April 16, 2013	  	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	  	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended February 3, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: April 16, 2013

/s/ Stephen M. King	
Stephen M. King	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended February 3, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: April 16, 2013

/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
Brian A. Jenkins	
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer